Logo
English Pizza Land

赵宝斌个人主页:英语比萨园
www.englishpizza.cn


【 笑话幽默 】
【 字典图书 】
【 聊天论坛 】



英文合同范文

 

英语学习专题目录    
 BBC 英语
 BT 英语资源下载
 VOA 英语
 爱情格言名言
 奥运英语
 澳大利亚社会文化背景
 城市景点英文介绍
 出国留学签证及技巧
 出国留学文书写作
 初中英语教学论文
 春节英文短信祝福语
 儿童童谣歌曲
 儿童英语教学
 儿童英语童话故事
 疯狂英语
 高考英语复习
 高考英语真题及答案
 高考真题单词使用解析
 高中英语教学论文
 记忆英语单词方法
 加拿大社会文化背景
 剑桥少儿英语
 考研英语翻译
 考研英语听力口语
 考研英语真题及答案1980-2011
 考研英语心得体会
 考研英语阅读理解
 考研英语阅读真题解析
 考研英语作文
 赖世雄英语
 留学移民签证指导
 每日英语
 美国社会文化背景
 沛沛英语
 汽车英语词汇
 千万别学英语
 如何/怎样学好英语
 如何打英语电话
 如何申请国外奖学金
 如何提高英语口语
 如何提高英语听力
 如何同外国人交流
 如何写英文电子邮件
 如何选购英语学习图书
 如何选择英语培训机构
 如何学大学英语
 如何自学英语
 如何做英文陈述报告
 商务英语范文/范例
 世界著名城市英文介绍
 托福考试技巧心得
 GRE考试技巧心得
 玩游戏学英语
 外贸经济合同英文写作
 我是如何通过签证的
 我学英语经验方法
 我在国外的经历
 我在外企的工作经历
 小学英语教学论文
 现代大学英语精读教案

 新东方英语 
 新概念英语
 新视野大学英语
 新西兰社会文化背景  
 许国璋英语

 学英语口诀窍门
 雅思考试技巧心得语
 洋话连篇
 英美文学论文
 英国社会文化背景
 英文听力mp3下载
 英文地名
 英文个人简历
 英文合同及范文
 英文求职信
 英文人名
 英文名著
 英文申请信
 英文推荐信
 英文招聘广告范文
 英语/英文面试
 英语900百句
 英语爱情诗歌歌词
 英语被动语态
 英语标点符号用法
 英语标识提示语
 英语不定代词
 英语不可数名词
 英语词汇教学
 英语单词记忆法实例
 英语倒装句
 英语导游
 英语定语从句
 英语独立主格结构
 英语短语和搭配
 英语词语来源/故事
 英语翻译技巧方法
 英语翻译教学
 英语翻译论文
 英语非谓语动词
 英语否定形式
 英语关联词/过渡词
 英语冠词的用法
 英语教案格式和范例
 英语教学法
 英语介词用法
 英语句型教学
 英语句型句式
 英语和汉语的比较
 英语课堂用语
 英语口语技巧方法
 英语口语教学
 英语口语句型
 英语连词
 英语连系动词
 英语六级考试词汇
 英语六级考试经验心得
 英语六级考试听力口语
 英语六级考试作文写作
 英语六级阅读理解
 英语论文格式及写作
 英语论文选题 
 英语名词复数形式
 英语名词性从句

 英语强调句
 英语情态动词
 英语商务谈判
 英语时态用法
 英语数字的表达
 英语四级考试词汇
 英语四级考试真题&详解
 英语四级考试经验心得
 英语四级考试完形填空
 英语四级听力口语
 英语四级阅读理解
 英语四级作文写作
 英语听力技巧方法
 英语听力教学
 英语同义近义词辨析
 英语外来词语
 英语写作技巧方法
 英语写作教学
 英语形容词副词比较级
 英语虚拟语气
 英语语言学文学笔记
 英语语法教学
 英语语法与教学术语
 英语语言文化论文
 英语语音/发音
 英语语音教学
 英语阅读技巧方法
 英语阅读教学
 英语在线听力资源
 英语主谓一致
 英语助动词
 英语专业考研及试题
 英语专有名词
 英语状语从句
 英语自我介绍及范文
 英语作文范文
 音乐英语词汇术语
 幼儿/儿童学英语
 幼儿英语教案
 幼儿英语教学
 在线英语测试
 在线英语词典/字典
 在线英语翻译
 中国小吃菜名英文说法
 中考英语复习
 中西文化的差异
 中小学英语学习资料
 钟道隆逆向英语法
 走遍美国
>> 更多

英文合同范文



        518    2-16          

 

 

  CONTRACT

 

    日期: 合同号码:

    Date: Contract No.:

 

    方: (The Buyers) 卖方: (The Sellers)  

    兹经买卖双方同意按照以下条款由买方购进,卖方售出以下商品:

    This contract is made by and between the Buyers and the Sellers; whereby the

Buyers agree to buy and the Sellers agree to sell the under-mentioned goods subject to

the terms and conditions as stipulated hereinafter:

 

    (1) 商品名称:

    Name of Commodity

 

    (2) 量:

    Quantity:

 

    (3) 价:

    Unit price:

 

    (4) 值:

    Total Value:

 

    (5) 装:

    Packing:

 

    (6) 生产国别:

    Country of Origin :

 

    (7) 支付条款:

    Terms of Payment:

 

    (8) 险:

    insurance:

 

    (9) 装运期限:

    Time of Shipment:

 

    (10) 港:

    Port of Lading:

 

    (11) 港:

    Port of Destination:

 

    (12)索赔:在货到目的口岸45天内如发现货物品质,规格和数量与合同不附,除属保险

公司或船方责任外,买方有权凭中国商检出具的检验证书或有关文件向卖方索赔换货或赔

款。  Claims:

 

    Within 45 days after the arrival of the goods at the destination, should the quality,

Specifications or quantity be found not in conformity with the stipulations of the contract

except those claims for which the insurance company or the owners of the vessel are

liable, the Buyers shall, have the right on the strength of the inspection certificate issued

by the C.C.I.C and the relative documents to claim for compensation to the Sellers  

 

    (13)不可抗力:由于人力不可抗力的原由发生在制造,装载或运输的过程中导致卖方延

期交货或不能交货者,卖方可免除责任,在不可抗力发生后,卖方须立即电告买方及在14

内以空邮方式向买方提供事故发生的证明文件,在上述情况下,卖方仍须负责采取措施尽

快发货。

 

    Force Majeure :

 

    The sellers shall not be held responsible for the delay in shipment or non-deli-very of

the goods due to Force Majeure, which might occur during the process of manufacturing

or in the course of loading or transit. The sellers shall advise the Buyers immediately of

the occurrence mentioned above the within fourteen days there after . the Sellers shall

send by airmail to the Buyers for their acceptancea certificate of the accident. Under

such circumstances the Sellers, however, are still under the obligation to take all

necessary measures to hasten the deliveryof the goods.

 

    (14)仲裁:凡有关执行合同所发生的一切争议应通过友好协商解决,如协商不能解决,

则将分歧提交中国国际贸易促进委员会按有关仲裁程序进行仲裁,仲裁将是终局的,双方

均受其约束,仲裁费用由败诉方承担。

 

    Arbitration :

 

    All disputes in connection with the execution of this Contract shall be settled friendly

through negotiation. in case no settlement can be reached, the case then may be

submitted for arbitration to the Arbitration Commission of the China Council for the

Promotion of International Trade in accordance with the Provisional Rules of Procedure

promulgated by the said Arbitration Commission . the Arbitration committee shall be final

and binding upon both parties. and the Arbitration fee shall be borne by the losing

parties.

  

    买方: 卖方:

 

    (授权签字) (授权签字)

 

 英文合同的写作



        794    2-16          

 

 

 

Contract Agreement的有无区别

在英语中,合同一般称为Contract,协议一般称为Agreement

 

何谓“Contract?

 

1999年中国《合同法》第二条对contract定义为:A contact in t his Law refers to an

agreement establishing, modifying and terminating the civil rights and obligations

between subjects of equal footing, that is ,between natural persons, legal persons or

other organizations. 根据这一定义,合同平等主体之间设立的确定民事权利和义务的协议

 

Steven H. Gifts编著的“Law Dictionary”中将contract 定义为“contract is a promise, or a set

of promises, for breach of which the law gives remedy, or the performance of the which

the law in some way recognize as a duty.”根据这一定义,合同是一种承诺,违反承诺可以

得到法律救助,某种意义上法律将履行该承诺看做是一种补偿。

 

L.B Curzon 在其编撰的字典“A Dictionary of Law”给contract的定义:“Contract is a legally

binding agreement”根据这一定义,合同就是有法律约束力的协议。

 

综合起来,有一个相同点,就是“Contract is an agreement”,即可将事同说成是“An

agreement which binds the parties concerned”或者说成是“An agreement which is

enforceable by law”,也可以说:Contracts are promises that the law will enforce

 

何谓“Agreement?

 

L.B “A consensus of mind, or evidence of such consensus, in spoke or written form,

relating to anything done or to be done.”根据这一定义,协议是对已经做或准备做的相关

事宜,经过谈判、协商后取得一致意见,以口头或书面形式做出的约定。

 

Black Law Dictionary”有两个定义。一个是:“A concord of understanding and intention

between two or more parties with respect to the effect upon their relative rights and

duties, of certain past or future facts or performance”根据这一定义,协议即双方或多方

京某些过去或将来某些事实的相关权利、义务或相关权利、义务的履行而达成的一致理解

和愿望。

 

另一个是:The consent of two or more persons concurring respecting the transmission

of some property, right or benefits, with the view of contacting an obligation, a mutual

obligation.根据这一定义,协议即两个或多个当事人,为了约定单方责任或相互责任,就财

产权利、利益的转移取得的一致同意。

 

Contract(合同)Agreement(协议)是不是可以互换呢?

 

合同的成立必须具备几个主要因素。它们(要约和承诺构成的)协议、约因、设立法律关

系的愿望和缔约能力四大部分组成。

 

L.B Curzon编著的“A Diction of Law”提到“Contract generally involves

1. offer and absolute and unqualified acceptance (要约和绝对接受)

2. consensus ad idem (意思表示一致,也叫meeting of minds)

3. intention to create legal relations (建立合同关系的意愿)

4. genuineness of consent (同意的真实性)

5. contractual capacity of the parties (合同当事人的缔约能力)

6. legality of object(标的物的合法性)

7. possibility of performance (履行的可能性)

8. certainty of terms(条款的确定性)

9. valuable consideration(等价有偿)

 

Black Law Dictionary 中解释道:Although often used as synonyms with "contract",

agreement is a broader term, e.g. an agreement might lack an essential element of a

contact." 即“协议”和“合同”经常用作同义词,但“协议”这一术语含义更广,例如协议可能缺

乏合同的必备条款(essential clauses/provisions)。

 

实际使用当中,协议可不受必备条款的限制,而称为合同的文体肯定少不了必备条款,有

的合同将其单列,称为一般条款(General provisions)。

 

1999中国《合同法》第十二条规定了八项一般条款,分别是:

 

1. title or name and domicile of the parities(当事人的名称或姓名和住址)

2. contract object(标的)

3. quantity(数量)

4. quality(质量)

5. price or remuneration(价款或者报酬)

6. time limit, place and method of performance (履行期限、地点和方式)

7. liability for breach of contract(违约责任)

8. methods to settle disputes (解决争议的方法)

 

上述解释说明,contract(合同)agreement(协议)的概念虽然接近,但使用范围不同,不

能互换使用。合同是协议的重要组成部分,所有合同一定是协议,而协议不见得都是合同

。可以说具备合同成立要求的具有强制执行力的协议才是合同。

 

结构特点

 

合同类法律文件用以规定当事人的权利与义务,是预防与解决争议的依据。合同英语行文

慎密而准确,历史悠久,深含法律文化底蕴。

 

中文的合同开头一般先罗列当事人的名称、姓名、住所或营业场所,然后是合同正文,结

尾是当事人印章、授权代表签字、职务及签字日期。而英语合同一般以下面这类句式为开

头:

 

This agreement/contract is made and entered in to this ____ day of _____(month),

_______ (year) by and between Party A (hereinafter called " Party A ")and Party

B(hereinafter called " Party B ")

 

然后是开始陈述:

 

WHEREAS...THEREFORE

It is hereby agreed as follows:

 

或以:

 

WITNESSETH, WHEREAS…

NOW THEREFORE, for and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements

contained herein, the parties hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

接着是正文,最后是证明部分,:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOFthe parties hereto have hereunto set their hands the day and

years first above written.

 

随后还包括当事人和见证人的签字。签字日期一般在英文合同最搬弄是非是找不到的。

 

下面列出新加坡、美国、香港和日本的合同格式。

 

A. 新加坡

 

Agreement

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the 9th day of August, 2001 between LUCKY

INTERNATIONAL LTD, a company incorporated in Singapore and having its registered

office at Telek Blongar Rise, Singapore 19569 (hereinfater called "The Company") of

the part and JACK Wong (NRIC No._________ /A) of 108 Orchar Road, Singapore

01688 (hereinfater called "The Mangager") of the other part.

 

WHEREAS:

 

1. The company is engaged in IT business and requires a person with the necessary

qualifications and experience to manage its business.

2.

.

NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:

 

1. The company shall employ the Manager and the Manager shall serve the Company

as manager of the Company's IT business for a period of two years commencing on 1st

day of September

2.

.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hand the day and year first

above written.

 

THE SCHEDULE ABOVE REFERRED TO

 

Duties of Manger

 

1. To manage, maintain and promote the business of the Company.

 

SIGNED by Roger Tan

For and on behalf of LUCKY INTERANTIONAL LTD

In the presence of

 

SIGNED by TERESA WONG

In the presence of

 

新加坡的通用合同分五部分:

 

第一部分:称为parties,主要介绍合同各方的姓名或名称,注册地国及地址、邮编及各自

在合同的简称。开头框架一般为:

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made the ---------__________ day of _____ month,____

(year) between A _______ (hereinafter called "The Company") of the part and B______,

(hereinafter called "The Manager") of the other part.

 

句子开头THIS AGREEMENT CONTRACT和当事人的姓名和名称,都应大写。当事人是

自然人的,用“of”和其后的住址相连;是法人或非法人单位的,用“having its registered

office at”和其后注册地址相连。

 

第二部分:称为recital。以WHEREAS开头,进入叙述部分,用陈述正式说明当事人订立合

同的原因。

 

第三部分:称为habendum 具体约定当事人的权利和义务。正文部分的结束段为:

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hand the day and year first

above written.

 

这段作用相当于中文合同的“双方签字盖章,特此为证”。

 

第四部分:称为scheduleaddendum,附录。是对前述合同部分条款的必要补充。不是

所有合同都有这一项。

 

第五部分:称为attestation,证明部分。当事人如果自然人,用“SIGNED by __

;连接后填写见证姓名的表达部分“In the presence of ____”;当事人是法人或非法人单位

时,授权代表后接的是“SIGNED for and on behalf _____ of____”,然后才是In the

presence of _______。与中文合同的显著不同是签章处除当事人外,多了一个In the

presence of _______供证人签字之处。另一不同的是合同订立日期没有放在合同最后,而

是出现在开头段的当事人介绍部分。

 

第五部分在新加坡还有另一种表达

 

As Witness our Hands this _____day of _____in the year of our Lord Tow Thousand

and One.

Signed, sealed, and delivered by the above named

In the presence of

Signature

Address

Occupation

 

上述合同的格式很有代表性,其它英文格式与之相比大同大异,有的合同中不含附录。

 

B. 美国

 

APPOINTMENT AS CONTRACT FULL-TIME SENIOR CUSTOMS ADMINISTRATOR

 

AN AGREEMENT FOR SERVICES made the 1st day of September, 2000 between

______ of _____ (address)(hereinafter referred to as "the Company") as one part and

Mr._______ of _______(address) (hereinafter referred to as the Contractor) of the

other part.

 

WHEREBY IT IS AGREED AND DECLARED AS FOLLOWS:

 

1. THAT the Company shall …

2. This agreement shall commence on ….

3.

4.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, both parties set their hands on the date herein mentioned

 

SIGNED BY

Name :

Designation :

For and on behalf of : (signature)

 

 

Contractor :

Designation :

For and on behalf of : (signature)

 

本合同分为四个大部分(缺附录,schedule)。与上一合同基本相同,但第一段没有谓语

,不是个完整的句子。个别用词与前一合同有差别。最后落款处还多了了“职务”,即design

ation(有的合同还惯用position).

 

C. 香港

 

CONTRACT

CONTACT NO.

SIGNING DATE/PLACE

 

THE BUYER: Name

Legal Address

Contact

 

THE SELLER: Name

Legal Address

Contact

 

This contract is made by and between the Buyer and the Seller. Whereby the Buyer

agrees o buy and the Seller agrees to sell the under-mentioned commodity according to

the terms and conditions.

 

1. NAME OF COMMODITY AND SCOPE OF THE CONTRACT

2. PRICE

3. PAYMENT

4. PACKING

5.

 

IN WITHNESS WHEREOF, this contract has been executed effective as of the date first

above written.

 

THE BUYER THE SELLER

___________ ___________

By:__________ By:__________

Date:------------_________ Date:------------_________

 

THE END USER

___________

By: __________

Date: --------____-_________

 

比起前两个合同,该买卖合同的不同之处于在于,合同开头出现了合同编号和签署日期,

当事人名称或姓名采用简单列举式。证明部分用完成时被动态,最后落款处SIGNED BY

目,但增加了最终用户一项。

 

D. 日本

 

SERVICE AGREEMENT

 

This agreement is made and entered into on March 1st ,2001, by and between______

LTD (hereinafter referred to as "PARTY A"), and ________CO., LTD. ((hereinafter

referred to as "PARTY B") WITNESSTH:

 

WHEREAS, PARTY B has requested by PARTY A to dispatch its personal for the

purpose of _______ to PARTY b; and

 

WHEREAS, (PARTY A is willing to dispatch its personnel t PARTY B in response to such

PARTY B's request)

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants herein

contained , the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.

2.

3.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed

by their respective duly authorized officers as of the date first herinabove written.

 

______ Ltd. ________ Co., Ltd.

 

(signature) (signature)

MANAGING DIRECTOR MANAGING DIRECTOR

 

  该合同也由四大部分构成,与上述合同最大的不同在于,在叙述部分上端加了一个WIT

NESSETH(鉴于),最后落款处也没有SIGNED BY 项目,但授权签字代表的职位真接打

出来,放在签字的下一行。别外,当事人的简称部分用的都是大写。

 

  相比之下,英文合同除个别地方外,整个合同的段落排列,句式和用词大同小异。在

草拟英文合同时,只要仿用上述任何一个,都算是地道的英文表达。

 

 

如何写好英文合同



        476    2-16          

 

 

Before You Write the First Word

    

     第一部分:在动笔之前

    

     1. Ask your client to list the deal points. This can be in the form of a list, outline or

narration. Doing this will help the client focus on the terms of the agreement.

     1.要求你的客户列出合同交易的要点,也可以说是合同的清单、目录或概述。这一招首

先帮助你的客户弄清合同的重点所在。

    

     2. Engage your client in "what if" scenarios. A good contract will anticipate many

possible factual situations and express the parties' understanding in case those facts

arise. Talking to your client about this will generate many issues you may not otherwise

consider.

     2.让你的客户提供一些假设可能发生的情况。好的合同不仅能够预见到许多可能发生的

情况,而且还能清楚地描述出发生这些情况后合同双方的立场。和客户聊这些情况将有助

于你发现一些你可能没有考虑到的问题。

    

     3. Ask your client for a similar contract. Frequently, clients have had similar

transactions in the past or they have access to contracts for similar transactions.

     3.请求你的客户提供类似的合同。通常情况下,客户都保留着过去的交易记录或者是类

似合同。

    

     4. Search your office computer or the Internet for a similar form. Many times you can

find a similar form on your computer. It may be one you prepared for another client or

one you negotiated with another lawyer. Just remember to find and replace the old

client's name. Starting with an existing form saves time and avoids the errors of typing.

     4.在办公室的电脑中或是在因特网上搜索类似的合同范本。通常你会在你的电脑上找到

你想要的东西,这些类似的合同范本要么是你给其他客户准备的,要么是你和其他的律师

共同协商起草的。使用这些旧合同可以为你节省时间和避免打印错误,不过,用这些合同

范本时别忘了替换掉老客户的名字。

    

     5. Obtain forms in books or CD-ROM. Typical forms of contracts can be found in form

books, such as West's Legal Forms (a nationwide set) and Florida Jur Forms, as well as

in treatises and Florida Bar CLE publications. These can be used as the starting point

for drafting the contract or as checklists of typical provisions and wording to include in

the contract. Many treatises and form books now come with forms on disk or CD-ROM.

     5.从书中或者是光盘上获取合同范本。典型的合同范本在一些范例书中都可能找到:比

,西方法律文书(全国版)佛罗里达州文书期刊,另外,在有些论文和佛罗里达州律师协

会的法律继续教育出版物中也可以找到一些。起草合同时,你可以把这些范本当做原始资

料,利用其中某些典型的条款和措词。更为方便的是,许多论文和书中的合同范本都有电

子文本储存在磁盘或光盘中。

    

     6. Don't let your client sign a letter of intent without this wording. Sometimes clients

are anxious to sign something to show good faith before the contract is prepared. A

properly worded letter of intent is useful at such times. Just be sure that the letter of

intent clearly states that it is not a contract, but that it is merely an outline of possible

terms for discussion purposes. See Appendix C.

     6.如果没有特别申明,不要让你的客户在意向书上签字。有时候,在合同未准备好之前

,客户为了表示诚意,往往急于签署某些东西,当然,在这种情况下,如果客户急于签署

的是有特别申明的意向书,这也是可以的,但一定要注明:本意向书并非合同,只是双方

为了更好地沟通协商,而拟定的对未来条款的概述。类似意向书的范例见附录C

    

     Writing that First Word

    

     第二部分:开始起草合同

    

     7. Start with a simple, generic contract form. The form in Appendix A is such a form. It

provides a solid starting point for the structure of the contract. Like a house, a contract

must have a good, solid foundation.

     7.从简单、典型的合同入手。附录A就是一个简单、典型的合同,它提供了一个合同的

基本支架。像房子一样,一个合同必须有一个牢固的根基。

    

     8. State the correct legal names of the parties in the first paragraph. As obvious as

this is, it is one of the most common problems in contracts. For individuals, include full

first and last name, and middle initials if available, and other identifying information, if

appropriate, such as Jr., M.D., etc. For corporations, check with the Secretary of State

where incorporated.

     8.在合同的第一段要写清楚双方的名称。,这是个简单而又不得不引起重视的问题。如

果是个人,要写清姓和名,中间有大写字母和其他身份信息的,也要注明,例如:jr.,M.D,

等;如果是公司,为避免弄错,写名称时可以到公司注册地的相应机构去核对一下。

    

     9. Identify the parties by nicknames. Giving each party a nickname in the first

paragraph will make the contract easier to read. For example, James W. Martin would be

nicknamed "Martin."

     9.确定合同双方的别称(简称)。为便于阅读,一般要在合同的第一段为双方弄一个别

称,如:将詹姆士.马丁简写为"马丁"

    

     10. Be careful when using legal terms for nicknames. Do not use "Contractor" as a

nickname unless that party is legally a contractor. Do not use "Agent" unless you intend

for that party to be an agent, and if you do, then you better specify the scope of

authority and other agency issues to avoid future disagreements.

     10.使用法定术语作为双方当事人的别称时,要小心。除非一方当事人在法定上就是承

包人,否则不要将"承包人"作为其别称。同样,除非你想让一方当事人成为法定上的代理人

,否则不要称其为"代理人",如果坚持要用,最好明确一下代理范围并找到其他可以避免将

来争执的方案。

    

     11. Include a blank for the date in the first paragraph. Putting the date in the first

paragraph makes it easy to find after the contract is signed. It also makes it easy to

describe the contract in other documents in a precise way, such as the "December 20,

2000, Contract for Sale of Real Estate."

     11.在合同的第一段要为书写签约时间留下空格。把签约时间放在第一段,当合同签署

后,你就能够很容易地找到它,而且,这样做还可以给你在其他相关文件中准确地描述这

个合同提供帮助,范例如:不动产买卖合同,订立于20001220

    

     12. Include to provide background. Recitals are the "whereas" clauses that precede

the body of a contract. They provide a simple way to bring the contract's reader (party,

judge or jury) up to speed on what the contract is about, who the parties are, why they

are signing a contract, etc. The first paragraph in the body of the contract can

incorporate the recitals by reference and state that they are true and correct. This will

avoid a later argument as to whether or not the recitals are a legally binding part of the

contract.

     12.书写引述语。引述语是指那些放在合同主体前面的"鉴于"条款。书写此类条款的目的

是为了让读者(通常指合同双方,法官,陪审团)很快地了解到合同的主要内容是什么,

合同双方是谁,以及他们为什么签订合同,等等。当然,合同主体的第一段也可以加上引

述语并陈述其是真实准确的,如果这样做了,合同双方将来就不会争执:引述语作为合同

的一部分是否具有法律效力?

    

     13. Outline the contract by writing out and underlining paragraph headings in their

logical order. The paragraphs should flow in logical, organized fashion. It is not

necessary to write them all at once; you can write them as you think of them. Try to

group related concepts in the same paragraphs or in adjacent paragraphs. For example,

write an employment contract's initial paragraph headings like this:

     Recitals.

     Employment.

     Duties.

     Term.

     Compensation.

     13.按逻辑顺序列出合同段落的标题词.合同的段落是按一定的逻辑顺序组织起来的,当

然,你并不需要一下子列出所有段落的标题词,想到多少就写多少,不过,这些标题词要

力求总结出每个段落或相关段落的内容。比如:撰写劳动合同时列出的标题词就像下面这

些:

     引述语

     聘用

     职责

     期限

     赔偿

    

     14. Complete each paragraph by writing the contract terms that apply to that

paragraph. This is simple. You learned this in elementary school. Just explain in words

what the parties agree to do or not do paragraph by paragraph.

     14.在撰写每一段时要注意内容集中,不要东拉西扯,是的,这很简单,你可能上小学

时就学过,但我还是要提醒你,要集中火力,一段一段地分别说明合同双方同意做什么,

不同意做什么。

    

     15. Keep a pad at hand to remember clauses to add. It is normal to think of additional

clauses, wording and issues while writing a contract. Jot these down on a pad as you

write; they are easily forgotten. Also keep your client's outline and other forms in front of

you as you write, and check off items as you write them.

     15.放一个便笺簿在手边,以便记下需要添加的条款。在书写合同的同时,你可能随时

会想到一些需要添加条款、措词和问题,要尽快记在便笺簿上,因为他们太容易忘了。另

外,你最好将客户列出的要点和一些类似的合同范本也放在眼前,以便在书写过程中随时

查对。

    

     16. Repeat yourself only when repetition is necessary to improve clarity. Ambiguity is

created by saying the same thing more than once; it is almost impossible to say it twice

without creating ambiguity. Only if the concept is a difficult one should you write it in

more than one way. In addition, if you use an example to clarify a difficult concept or

formula, be sure that all possible meanings are considered and that the example is

accurate and consistent with the concept as worded.

     16.除非是为了更清晰地说明问题,否则不要在合同中重复陈述某个内容。将一个事实

来回地说很容易让人模棱两可。如果你将一个概念重复地解释,那理解起来就更有困难。

另外,如果你想通过一个例子来阐明一个难以理解的概念或规则时,一定要考虑到其所有

的含义、这个例子的准确性以及它和概念的相符性。

 What to Watch Out for When Writing

    

     第三部分:撰写时的注意事项

    

     17. Title it "Contract." Do not leave this one to chance. If your client wants a contract,

call it a contract. A judge now sitting on the federal bench once ruled that a document

entitled "Proposal" was not a contract even though signed by both parties. The lesson

learned is, "Say what you mean." If you intend the document to be a legally binding

contract, use the word "Contract" in the title.

     17.标题上注明"合同"两字。不要为碰运气而忽略这个。如果你的客户需要合同,就要注

明是合同。一个仍在联邦法院里任职的法官就曾经裁定:有双方签字,但标有"建议书"的文

件并非合同。这给我们的教训就是,你怎么想,就应该怎么说。如果你想让你的文件成为

具有法律效力的合同,就要在标题中注明"合同"字样。

    

     18. Write in short sentences. Short sentences are easier to understand than long

ones.

     18.写短句子,因为短句子比长句子让人更容易理解。

    

     19. Write in active tense, rather than passive. Active tense sentences are shorter

and use words more efficiently, and their meaning is more apparent. Example of active:

"Sellers shall sell the Property to Buyer." Example of passive: "The Property shall be

sold to Buyer by Seller."

     19.用主动语态而不用被动语态。相对而言,主动语态的句子更简短,措词更精练,表

达更明白。还是让我们来来看一个例子吧,主动语态的句子:卖方将把此物卖给买方;被动

语态的句子:此物将被卖方卖给买方。

    

     20. Don't use the word "biweekly." It has two meanings: twice a week and every other

week. The same applies to "bimonthly." Instead, write "every other week" or "twice a

week."

     20.不要用“双周”之类的词,因为这有可能产生歧义----是两周还是每隔一周?类似的词

还有"双月",所以最好这样写:"两周""每隔一周"

    

     21. Don't say things like "active termites and organisms". Avoid ambiguity by writing

either "active termites and active organisms" or "organisms and active termites." When

adding a modifier like "active" before a compound of nouns like "termites and

organisms", be sure to clarify whether you intend the modifier to apply to both nouns or

just the first one. If you intend it to apply to both, use parallel construction and write the

modifier in front of each noun. If you intend it to apply to just one noun, place that one

noun at the end of the list and the modifier directly in front of it.

     21.不要说"活动着的白蚁和有机体"之类的话,为了避免模棱两可,最好这样写:“活动

着的白蚁和活动着的有机体”或是“白蚁和活动着的有机体”。当一组名词(如"白蚁和有机体"

)前有一个修饰语(如"活动着的")时,你一定要弄清楚这个修饰语是修饰两个名词还是仅

仅修饰第一个名词。如果是修饰两个词,可以用排比的手法分别在这两个词之前加上修饰

语,如果你只想修饰一个名词,那么你就应该把这个词放在这组词的最后,然后在它的前

面加上修饰语。

    

     22. Don't say "Lessor" and "Lessee." These are bad nicknames for a lease because

they are easily reversed or mistyped. Use "Landlord" and "Tenant" instead. The same

applies to lienor and lienee, mortgagor and mortgagee, grantor and grantee, licensor

and licensee, party A and party B. This is where you can use your creativity to come up

with a different nickname for a party, as long as you use it consistently throughout the

contract.

     22.不要说“出租人”和“承租人”。这对一个租赁合同来说是些不好的别称,因为他们容易

被颠倒或者出现打印错误。可以用“房东”和“房客”来代替他们。同样,在合同中也不要说留

置权人和留置人,抵押权人和抵押人,保证人和被保证人,许可人和被许可人,当事人A

当事人B......到底怎么说,这就要看你驾驭语言的能力了,不过,要把握的一条原则,即在

整个合同中,对合同一方只能用一个别称。

    

     23. Watch out when using "herein." Does "wherever used herein" mean anywhere in

the contract or anywhere in the paragraph? Clarify this ambiguity if it matters.

     23.使用术语“本文(herein,也可译为”“在这里”)时要当心。为了避免含糊不清,使用“

本文”时最好特别申明一下“本文”是指整个合同,还是指其所在的某一段落。

    

     24. Write numbers as both words and numerals: ten (10). This will reduce the chance

for errors.

     24.写数目时要文字和阿拉伯数字并用,如:拾(10)。这将减少一些不经意的错误。

    

     25. When you write "including" consider adding "but not limited to." Unless you intend

the list to be all-inclusive, you had better clarify your intent that it is merely an example.

     25.如果你想用"包括"这个词,就要考虑在其后加上"但不限于....."的分句。除非你能够列

出所有被包括的项,否则最好用"但不限于...."的分句,来说明你只是想举个例子。

    

     26. Don't rely on the rules of grammar. The rules of grammar that you learned in

school are not universal. The judge or jury interpreting the meaning of your contract

may have learned different rules. Write the contract so that no matter what rules they

learned, the contract is clear and unambiguous. Follow this test for clear writing:

Remove all periods and commas, then read it. Choosing the right words and placing

them in the right place makes the writing clear without punctuation.

     26.不要依赖于语法规则。那些你在学校里得到的语法规则并不是放之四海而皆准的东

西,因为有权力来解释此合同的法官或陪审团成员学的语法规则可能和你学的不一样,但

不管学的是什么规则,撰写合同都要遵循一个基本原则:简洁、明确。检测你写的东西是

否达到这个要求有个好办法,那就是去掉所有的句号和逗号,然后去读它。在没有标点符

号的情况下,选择正确的词语放在正确的位置上,这将使你写出来的东西更简明,更流畅

    

     27. Don't be creative with words. Contract writing is not creative writing and is not

meant to provoke reflective thoughts or controversies about nuances of meaning.

Contract writing is clear, direct and precise. Therefore, use common words and common

meanings. Write for the common man and the common woman.

     27.不要创造词语。合同文书不是创造性的作品,也就不能因为意思的细微差别而引起

思考或争论。合同文书应该是清晰、直接而准确的。因此,要使用普通的词语,表达普通的

意思,为普通人撰写合同。

    

     28. Be consistent in using words. If you refer to the subject matter of a sales contract

as "goods" use that term throughout the contract; do not alternately call them "goods"

and "items." Maintaining consistency is more important than avoiding repetition. Don't

worry about putting the reader to sleep; worry about the opposing lawyer a year from

now hunting for ambiguities to get your contract into court.

     28.用词一致。在一份销售合同中,如果你想用“货物”来指整个合同的标的物,就不要时

而称它们为“货物”,时而又改称它们为“产品”。保持用词一致性比避免重复更加重要。不要

担心这会让读者打瞌睡;你应该提防的是对方律师会因为含糊不清的合同而将你告上法庭

    

     29. Be consistent in grammar and punctuation. The rules of grammar and

punctuation you learned may differ from others, but you had better be consistent in your

use of them. Be aware of such things as where you put ending quote marks, whether

you place commas after years and states, and similar variations in style.

     29.在文法和标点符号上保持一致。你可能学过许多不同类的文法和标点符号规则,但

在使用它们时最好保持一致。要特别注意句末的引号、时间和地点之后的逗号以及文风的

相似性。

    

     30. Consider including choice of law, venue selection, and attorneys fee clauses. If

your contract gets litigated, you might as well give your client some "ammunition" for the

fight. Examples of these clauses appear in Appendices A and C.

     30.可以在合同中加入准据法、审判地、律师费等条款。有了这些条款,一旦合同引起

诉讼,你就已经为了你的客户打这场诉讼战准备了一些“弹药”。类似的条款见附录AB

    

    Write for the Judge and Jury

    

     第四部分:要为法官和陪审团考虑

    

     31. Assume the reader is a knowledgeable layman. If your writing is so clear that a

layman could understand it, then it is less likely it will end up in court.

     31.要假设合同的读者是一个受过教育的外行,如果你书写的合同简明得连一个外行都能

理解,那么即使到了法庭上,,你也不用害怕。

    

     32. Define a word by capitalizing it and putting it in quotes. Capitalizing a word

indicates that you intend it to have a special meaning. The following are two sample

clauses for defining terms:

     Wherever used in this contract, the word "Goods" shall mean the goods that Buyer

has agreed to purchase from Seller under this contract.Buyer hereby agrees to

purchase from Seller ten (10) frying pans, hereinafter called the "Goods."

     32.强调一个合同术语可以这样做:加上双引号并将其开头的字母大写。将一个词语的

开头字母大写表明你想让它有一个特别的意思。下面有两个定义术语的例子:

     .本合同中使用的“货物”("Goods")是指买方已经同意向卖方购买的货物;

     .本合同中买方同意向卖方购买的拾(10)只平底锅,即下文中的“货物”("Goods")

    

     33. Define words when first used. Instead of writing a section of definitions at the

beginning or end of a contract, consider defining terms and concepts as they first

appear in the contract. This will make it easier for the reader to follow.

     33.第一次使用某个术语时就要下定义。定义合同术语不是在合同的开头,也不是在合

同的结尾,而是在这个术语第一次出现的时候,这样做,有利于读者更好地理解合同。

    

     34. Explain technical terms and concepts. Remember that the parties might

understand technical jargon, but the judge and jury who interpret and apply the contract

do not. Therefore, explain the contract's terms and concepts within the contract itself.

Let the contract speak for itself from within its four corners.

     34.勤于解释合同中的术语和概念。要记住合同双方的当事人可能会理解合同中某些专

用术语,但法官和陪审团却可能一无所知。所以撰写合同时要让合同自己为自己释义。

    

     Keep Your Client Informed While You Write

    

     第五部分:书写时要常和你的客户沟通

    

     35. All contracts should come with a cover letter. This gives you a place to instruct

your client on how to use and sign the contract.

     35.所有的合同都应该有一封说明书---用来告诉你的客户如何使用和签署合同。

    

     36. Tell your client the ideas that come as you write. Many ideas will occur to you as

you write: things that could go wrong with the deal, things that might happen in the

future, things that happened in the past, ways to structure things better. Write these in

your letter to the client.

     36.告诉客户你在撰写过程中的一些想法。比如:哪些事情可能会随着交易变得很遭,

哪些事可能会在将来发生,哪些事情已经发生了,哪些可以让事情朝好的方向发展的方法..

...你最好在给客户的说明书中都将这些都写上。

    

     37. Inform your client of the risks. Writing a letter to the client as you write the

contract is the perfect way to inform the client of the risks and rewards of entering into

the contract. Frequently, problems do not become apparent until time is spent trying to

word a contract.

     37.告诉客户合同的风险所在。在撰写合同时,你最好向客户说订立合同需要承担的风

险和能够得到的利益。通常情况下,只要你花时间来起草合同,你就会发现真正的风险在

哪里。

     What To Do After the First Draft Is Written

    

     第六部分:完成初稿后做什么

    

     38. Check spelling, paragraph numbering, and cross references both manually and

with your word processor's spelling and grammar checker. This almost goes without

saying today, especially since Microsoft Word now checks your spelling and grammar as

you type. (Unfortunately it also changes "per stirpes" to "per stupid" if you fail to watch it

closely.) And now there are even computer programs that check contract documents for

undefined terms. DealProof is packaged with Corel WordPerfect for law offices, and

DocProofReader is available for download for MS Word 97 and 2000.

     38.核实合同的拼写情况、段落序号以及上下文的注解,你可以自己手动来做,也可以

用文字编辑软件中的拼写和语法检查功能来完成,特别是自从有了微软的word软件后,做

这样的工作你似乎不要费多少精力(但机器有时也不可靠,如果你不看仔细,它就会把"pe

r stirpes"改变为 "per stupid")。现在,这类专业的软件甚至可以帮你检测到合同中没有释

义的术语,如:Corel公司专门为法律办公开发的文字处理软件包中的DealProof软件,还

有可供word97word2000下载安装的DocProofReader软件。

    

     39. Let your secretary or paralegal read it. Not only will your staff frequently find

spelling and grammar errors missed by your word processor's spell checker, but they will

find inconsistencies and confusing areas that you missed when drafting.

     39.让你的秘书或者助手阅读你草拟的合同。你的同事不仅能通过文字处理软件来帮你

检查到你没有查到的拼写和语法错误,而且他们还能发现你起草时没有察觉到的矛盾和混

淆之处。

    

     40. Stamp "Draft #1 6/22/2000" on it. This may be the first of many drafts, so avoid

confusion early by numbering and dating all drafts at the top of the first page. It is also a

good idea to write "DRAFT" across the face of each page to preclude the possibility of

an impatient client signing a draft rather than waiting for the final version.

     40.在合同上注明“第一稿于200622日”,第一稿完成后,可能还要草拟几个版本,为

了避免他们之间相互混淆,最好在每份草稿首页的顶部注上序号和起草时间。另外,在每

一个版本的封面上注明“草稿”字样,也能够避免你那急躁的客户不等到最后的定稿文本就急

于签字。

    

     41. Let your client read it. Letting the client in on reading the first draft assures that

your drafting will stay in tune with the client's wishes.

     41让你的客户读你草拟的合同。你的客户读第一稿,可以确保你的起草的东西和客户的

愿望相符。

    

     42. Save the drafts as multiple files on your computer. If you save the first draft on

your computer as two files, you will have one file identified as the first draft and the other

identified as the current version. This can be done by naming the current version

"contract" and the first draft as "contract.d1." Then, subsequent versions can be named

"contract.d2", "contract.d3," etc., where the "d" in the extension indicates draft. (Of

course, if you're not using WordPerfect 5.1 for DOS, as I do, you can use long file

names to show the contract name, draft number and draft date, such as "Contract Smith

Jones draft 2 datd 6 22 2000.")

     42.在电脑中将草拟的合同多保存几个复件。如果你将第一稿合同存了两份在电脑中,

那么其中的一份可以用来存档,另一份则可以用来继续修改。用来存档的文件可以命名为"

合同.1"。用来修改的文件可以命名为"合同"。以此类推,以后修改的版本就命名为"合同.

2""合同.3",等等。带""字的扩展名表示此合同是草拟版本。(当然,你可能不经

常用DOS下的WordPerfect 5.1软件,我是经常用的,你也可以用一个较长的文件名来清楚

地表达出草拟合同的名称、编号及起草时间,范例如:"史密斯.琼斯于2000622日草拟

的第二版合同"。)

    

     43. Compare the current version to prior versions. If you save draft versions, it is very

easy to compare one version to another using the word processor's compare feature or

using the CompareRite computer program. When you compare "contract.d1" to

"contract.d2", save the comparison as "contract.c21" and print it to show the client what

changes were made.

     43.将当前的草拟版本和以前的版本进行比较。如果你存了很多合同的草拟版本,那么

你就可以很容易地用文字处理软件或者是CompareRite软件来比较分析两个合同版本。当

你用软件比较"合同.1""合同.2"两个版本时,最好将软件的分析结果打印出来送给客

户看,让他知道变化在哪里。

    

     How to Print and Sign the Final Draft

    

     第七部分:怎样打印和签署最后的定稿合同。

    

     44. Print the contract on 24 pound bond paper instead of 20 pound copier paper.

Using a heavy bond paper will make it easy to tell the original contract from copies. It will

also last longer.

     44.24磅的铜板纸而不是用20磅的复印纸来打印合同。用厚一点的纸不仅复印副本很

容易,而且,它被保存的时间也要长一些。

    

     45. Print on pages using the same paper, and if pages are changed, reprint the

document using the same paper. This will avoid an argument that pages were

substituted after the contract was signed.

     45.打印整个合同要用同样的纸,如果打印过程中纸发生了改变,一定要用同样的纸再

打印一次。这样做,对方就不会说合同在签署后被偷换了。

    

     46. Sign the contract in blue ink, not black ink. This, too, will make it easier to

differentiate the signed original contract from photocopies.

     46. 最好用蓝墨水而不是用黑墨水来签署合同,因为蓝墨水可以很容易地让人区别出哪

个是合同正本,哪个是影印副本。

    

     47. Initial every page of the contract. Having each party initial each page of the

contract will make it less likely that anyone could claim a page was changed after the

contract was signed.

     47.让双方在每页合同上签字,这样做可以避免有人怀疑合同签署后被更改过。

    

     48. Identify the parties and witnesses who sign by providing blank lines below their

signature lines for their printed names and addresses. This will make it easier to find the

witnesses if the contract is contested. And remember to include two witnesses for

commercial leases.

     48.在合同签名栏的下方留下一些空白行,以便合同双方和见证人填写他们的名字和地

址。这样,一旦合同引起纠纷,就能很容易地找到证人。要记住,一般的商业租赁需要两

个见证人。

    

     49. Be sure that corporate officers include their titles, the corporation name and the

word "as." Failure to do this can result in personal liability of the officer. The proper way

to sign in a representative capacity is as follows:

     ABC Corporation, a Florida corporation

     By:____________________________________

     John Jones, as its President

     49.签名者如果是公司官员,一定要写上他们的职务和其所在公司的名称。不这样做就

可能导致这个官员个人承担责任。签约代表签名的正确方法如下:

     ABC公司,佛罗里州分公司

     签约代表:________________

     公司总裁:史密斯.琼斯

    

     50. Add a notary clause that complies with the notary law. The notary

acknowledgement in Appendix B is such a clause.

     50.根据公证法增加公证条款,类似的范例见附录B

    

     Concluding Advice

    

     最后的忠告

    

     If these 50 tips don't keep your contracts out of court, try mastering Strunk & White's

Elements of Style*. I hear it's real handy in appellate work.

     如果这50招都不能让你起草的合同免于诉讼,那你就去掌握斯创得.怀特先生的《设计

原理》吧,我听说它对应付上诉非常有帮助

 

 

英文合同的结构与条款



        415    2-16          

 

 

 

标准英文合同通常可以分为前言(Preamble)、正文(Habendum)、证明部分(Attestati

on)、附录(Schedule)四大部分组成。

 

1. 前言(Preamble)部分

 

前言部分主要有如下内容:

 

(1) 指明签约双(各)方

 

1

 

This JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") is made as of June 3, 1998, by

and between E*TRADE GROUP, INC., a Delaware corporation ("E*TRADE"), and

SOFTBANK CORP., a Japanese corporation ("SOFTBANK"). E*TRADE and SOFTBANK

are hereunder also referred to collectively as the "PARTIES" and individually as a

"PARTY."

 

2

 

THIS DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPLY AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is entered into and

is effective as of June 30, 1995 (the "Effective Date"), by and between JetFax, Inc., a

corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of Delaware, U.S.A. with its

principal place of business at 1376 Willow Road, Menlo Park, California 94025

("JetFax"), and Samsung Electronics Corporation, a corporation duly organized and

existing under the laws of the Republic of Korea, having its principal place of business at

20th Floor, Severance Building, 84-11, 5-Ka, Namdaemoon-Ro, Chung-Ku, Seoul,

Korea ("Samsung").

 

(2) “鉴于(Whereas)”、“叙述(Recital)”或“背景(Background)”部分

 

该部分主要是介绍合同的相关情况,具体有如下内容:

 

a) 合同双(各)方的背景情况介绍,如各方所从事的行业:

 

1

 

AMD engages through its Communication Products Division ("CPD") in the design,

development, manufacture and sale of telecommunication products for public

communications infrastructure systems, customer premise equipment and cordless

telephony applications.

 

b) 合同目的

 

1

 

The Parties desire to form a joint venture to provide online securities trading services to

residents of Japan on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

2

 

The parties intend to share revenues generated by the Health Category, as well as

revenues generated by similar activities conducted by McKesson using the AvantGo

software on behalf of McKesson's customers, but do not intend to share revenues

arising from the operations of their respective core businesses.

 

c) 合同的背景情况

 

1

 

This Agreement is being executed and delivered simultaneously with the execution and

delivery of the Agreement and Plan of Merger dated December 13, 1999 (the "Merger

Agreement") among Union Oil, the Company, Sub and Titan.

 

2

 

Pursuant to a Stockholders Agreement entered into simultaneously with the execution

and delivery of this Agreement, Union Oil will have the right to nominate certain persons

("Designees") to serve on the board of directors of the Company following the Merger.

Certain of the Designees may be directors of or employed by Union Oil or companies in

which Union Oil has an interest, other than the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

(3) 明确指明合同双(各)方愿意签订本合同

 

1

 

NOW THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF the mutual promises and covenants set

forth in this Agreement, the Parties agree as follows:

 

2

 

NOW THEREFORE, for valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are

hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:

 

2. “正文(Habendum)”部分主要包含以下条款

 

(1) “定义(Definition)”条款

 

该条款是对合同中的某些词语的进行定义,确保各词语在合同中的含义统一,以免发生歧

义。这些词语可分成两大类。第一类是英文合同中的常用词语,如附属机构(Affiliate)、

财务报表(Financial Statements)等;第二类是本合同中使用的具有特定含义的词语。

 

(2) “陈述与保证(Representations and Warranties)”条款

 

该条款是合同双(各)方对某些基本事实的陈述并保证其陈述的真实性,其构成合同签订

与生效的前提。主要内容有:

 

a) 合法注册、经营状况现状、相关资质(Organization, Standing and Qualification

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要说明其注册地、注册所依据的法律,声明合法拥有其财产

、经营状况良好、有权签订并履行本合同。

 

b) 注册资本(Capitalization

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要说明其各自的注册资本金额、股权数量等情况。

 

c) 适当授权(Due Authorization

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明其有权签订并履行本合同,本合同的签订对其具有约

束力。

 

d) 重大债务(Liabilities

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明除了其已经披露的之外,没有其他重大债务。

 

e) 财产状况(Status of Proprietary Assets

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要说明其在本合同签订时的主要财产状况。

 

f) 财产权属状况(Title to Properties and Assets

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明其财产所有权是完整的无瑕疵的。

 

g) 重大合同及其义务(Material Contracts and Obligations

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要说明,在本合同签订时其尚未完全履行的重大合同及其项

下的义务。

 

h) 诉讼与仲裁(Litigation and Arbitration

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要说明在本合同签订时尚未审结的诉讼与仲裁案件。

 

i) 遵守法律与政府审批(Compliance with Laws; Governmental Consents

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明其完全遵守各项适用法律并已得到政府的有关审批。

 

j) 履行其他约定义务(Compliance with Other Instruments and Agreements

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明其完全履行其他各项约定义务。

 

k) 披露义务(Disclosure

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明其已披露了所有与本合同相关或本合同要求披露的信

息。

 

(3) “先决条件(Conditions precedent)”条款

 

该条款是有关合同双(各)方履行各自义务的前提条件的约定。

 

(4) “责任限制(Limited Liability or Limitation of Liability)”条款

 

该条款是合同双(各)方对其在本合同项下的责任上限进行的约定。

 

(5) “保密(Non-disclosure or No Publicity)”条款

 

根据该条款,合同双(各)方对本合同内容以及在本合同协商、签订、履行过程中所得知

的其他各方的信息要承担保密义务。

 

(6) “合同终止(Termination)”条款

 

该条款是合同双(各)方对本合同在何种情况下可以提前终止进行约定。

 

(7) “标题”(headings)条款

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方约定合同中的各个小标题(一般以黑体字显示)是为了在合

同中提及的方便,不构成对合同内容的解释、修改、补充。

 

(8) “合同有效期(Term)”条款

 

该条款是有关合同生效日期、方式以及有效期的条款。

 

(9) “权利放弃(Waiver)”条款

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方声明任何一方如果没有行使其权利,并不意味着其放弃该权

利。

 

(10) “合同变更(Amendment or Modification)”条款

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方可以约定合同不得修改或者合同修改的方式。

 

(11) “转让(Assignment or Successors and Assignment)”条款

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方可约定合同不可转让或者合同转让的程序,同时,还可以约

定,如果合同转让,则合同对受让方有完全约束力。

 

(12) “通知(Notice)”条款

 

该条款是对合同双(各)方在履行合同过程中相互送达信息的方式以及视为送达的条件进

行约定。一般来讲,要写明合同双(双)方的通信地址、传真号、联系电话、联络人以及

送达成功的具体条件。

 

(13) “适用法律(Governing Law or Applicable Law)”条款Submission to Jurisdiction

 

该条款是有关合同解释、争议解决所适用法律的约定。

 

(14) “争议解决(Dispute Resolution)”条款

 

该条款是有关合同相关或与合同有关的争议解决方式的约定,可以选择诉讼,也可以选择

仲裁。

 

(15) “条款效力独立(Severability or Survival of terms)”条款

 

根据该条款的约定,合同的任一条款如果无效,也不影响其他任何条款的效力。

 

(16) “没有其他业务关系”条款

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方声明彼此之间除了合同关系之外没有其他任何法律关系。

 

(17) “不可抗力(Force Majeure)”条款

 

该条款是有关不可抗力构成要件及其具体情形,以及在发生不可抗力事件的情况下如果处

理的约定。

 

(18) “所有协议(Entire Agreement)”条款Integration

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要声明本合同构成双(各)方就合同主题事宜达成的最终的

、唯一的协议,除非明确指明,在此之前的所有约定,无论是口头的,还是书面的,均无

效力。

 

(19) “传真签订生效(Execution by Fax)”条款

 

合同双(各)方可以在该条款中约定,双(各)方可通过传真方式签订合同并使其生效。

 

(20) “语言(Language)”条款

 

该条款是有关合同适用语言的约定。

 

(21) “合同文本(Counterparts)”条款

 

该条款是对合同的份数以及各份合同的效力进行约定。

 

(22) “歧义(Ambiguities)”条款

 

在该条款中,合同双(各)方要约定主合同与其附件之间、主合同与其补充协议之间、主

合同各语言文本之间如果发生意思歧义如何处理。

 

(23) “币种(Currency)”条款

 

该条款是对合同项下的货币种类进行约定。

 

3. 证明部分(ATTESTATION

 

1

 

BEFORE ME, a Notary Public in and for said County, personally appeared Timothy J.

Gunter and Daniel L. Webb, known to me to be the person(s) who, as Secretary and

Assistant Secretary, respectively, of INDUSTRIAL DEVELOPMENTS INTERNATIONAL,

INC., the corporation which executed the foregoing instrument in its capacity as

Landlord, signed the same, and acknowledged to me that they did so sign said

instrument in the name and upon behalf of said corporation as officers of said

corporation, that the same is their free act and deed as such officers, respectively, and

they were duly authorized thereunto by its board of

 

directors; and that the seal affixed to said instrument is the corporate seal of said

corporation.

 

IN TESTIMONY WHEREOF, I have hereunto subscribed my name, and affixed my official

seal, this 15th day of March, 1999.

 

4. 附录部分(Schedule

 

 涉外商务英语合同应注意的六个方面



        383    2-16          

 

 

涉外商务英语合同的语言特色体现在以下几个方面:

 

  第一部分、用词方面

 

  多用正式或法律上的用词,与口头表述不同,合同是法律性的正式书面文件,使用正

式的、法律的用词是必要的。合同起草者应多加强这方面的学习。比如:

 

  1At the request of Party B, Party A agrees to send technicians to assist Party B to

install the equipment.

 

  应乙方要求,甲方同意派遣技术人员帮助乙方安装设备。 assist help 正式;

 

  2The personnel shall not to partake in any political activities in Iraq.

 

  所有人员不得参加伊拉克国内的任何政治活动。partake in take part in 正式;

 

  3The Employer shall render correct technical guidance to the personnel.

 

  雇主应该对有关人员给予正确技术指导。 render give 正式;

 

  4Party A shall repatriate the patient to China and bear the cost of his passage to

Guangzhou.

 

  甲方应将病人遣返中国并负责其返回广州的旅费。 repatriate send back 正式;

 

  5This Contract shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws

of China.

 

  本合同受中国法律管辖,并按中国法律解释。construe explain, interpret 正式;

 

  6The Employer may object to and require the Contractor to replace forthwith any

of its authorized representatives who is incompetent.

 

  雇主认为承包人委派的授权代表不合格时,可以反对并要求立即撤换。requireask

式;公文体forthwith at once 正式;

 

  7The Chairperson may convene an interim meeting based on a proposal made by

one-third of the total number of directors.

 

  董事长可以根据董事会过1/3董事的提议而召集临时董事会议。convene, interim 都是

正式用词。

 

  8In case one party desires to sell or assign all or part of its investment

subscribed, the other party shall have the preemptive right.

 

  如一方想出售或转让其投资之全部或部分,另一方有优先购买权。法律用词

assign transfer 正式.

 

  9In processing transactions, the manufacturers shall never have title either to the

materials or the finished products.

 

  加工贸易中,厂方无论是对原料还是成品都无所有权。 法律用词title ownership

.

 

  10The term "Effective date" means the date on which this Agreement is duly

executed by the parties hereto.

 

  “生效期”指双方合同签字的日子。 法律用词execute sign 正式.

 

  第二部分、用词方面

 

  多使用"here""there""where"等前缀,下面这么多是不是有点头昏眼花?初学时确

实容易搞混,告诉你个小窍门,here 代表 thisthere 代表 thatwhere 代表 what/which

,就容易记多了。

 

  hereafter = after this time; 今后

 

  hereby = by means/reason of this; 特此

 

  herein = in this; 此中,于此

 

  hereinafter = later in this contract; 在下文

 

  thereafter = afterwards; 此后,后来

 

  thereby = by that means; 因此;由此;在那方面

 

  therein = from that; 在那里;在那点上

 

  thereinafter = later in the same contract; 以下;在下文

 

  whereby = by what; by which; 由是;凭那个

 

  wherein = in what; in which; 在哪里;在哪点上

 

 

如何阅读英文合同



        374    2-16          

 

 

1. 英文合约的名称

 

  当你手上拿到一份英文文件,要如何判断它是不是英文合约,应该是认识英文合约的

首要课题。一般而言,合约不外乎包括人、事、时、地、物五大要素,如果你手上的文件

内容已包括了这五项要素且经签署生效,则该份文件应该就已具有合约的特性,至于该份

文件如何拘束双方的权利义务,则要视其各项条款的遣词用字而定。

 

  为了标明文件的功能,大部份的英文文件会在第一页或文件起始处加上名称,例如"Bu

siness Plan" (营业计画书,非合约),"Investment Proposal"(投资说明书,非合约),

"Minutes of Board"(董事会议事录,非合约),"License Agreement"(授权合约)等等。

适当的文件名称通常也可以帮助我们判断其是否属于英文合约,以及该合约的类型。常见

的英文合约名称类型可分为下列三大类:

 

  一、合约书(Contract Agreement

 

  文件名称若直接标明"Contract""Agreement",则该份文件通常是约束双方权利义务

的主要合约本体。例如在较为复杂的股权买卖交易中,可能包括有许多复杂的合约关系,

如股权买卖合约书(Share Purchase

Agreement)、出售股权者竞业禁止之同意书(Consent)、优先购买权人之弃权书(Wai

ver)等。在阅读整份买卖文件时,我们若要知道双方主要的交易条件,就应从标明为"Sha

re Purchase Agreement"的文件内来寻找。

 

  二、意愿书(Letter of Intent

 

  文件名称若标明为"Letter of Intent""Memorandum of Understanding"(简称"MOU"

;有人翻译为「合作备忘录」),甚至只称为"Memorandum",通常即为中文所称的「意

愿书」。

 

  在架构繁复的合作或交易中,当事人在正式建立合约关系前,需要有许多准备工作。

例如在股权买卖合约订立前,买方可能希望对于公司有更进一步的了解,以便于合约中安

排适当条款来保障自己的权益,卖方对买方所提出的种种问题及要求,也需要时间来研究

解决。由于这个过程是在双方签订买卖合约之前,这时候还没有一个买卖合约来规范双方

的权利义务。所以在交易实务上,发展出签署「意愿书」的安排,来为买卖双方建立简单

的法律关系,使双方能以这个法律关系为基础,来进行签订股权买卖合约的前置作业。

 

  在许多人的观念中,意愿书只是声明双方的交易或合作意愿而已,对双方当事人并无

拘束力可言,这样的观念可能需要做一个修正。因为意愿书除了声明双方愿意就特定事项

合作或进行交易的意旨外,意愿书也同时可能会就交易的准备期间双方的权利义务关系做

出约定。以股权买卖意愿书为例,买卖双方并不因为签了意愿书而发生买卖股权的权利义

务,但是卖方可能因为签署了意愿书,就发生了提供公司信息的义务,而意愿书中也可能

载有买方取得信息后的保密义务,这几项条款确有拘束双方当事人的效果。因此,不宜因

为文件的名称是意愿书,就认为其内容并无拘束力,而应由其中个别条款的记载来判断其

性质。

 

  三、其它书函(Letter Waiver Guaranty Power of Attorney

 

  简短英文合约,常常用"Letter"(函),"Waiver"(弃权书),"Guaranty"(保证书)

"Power of Attorney"(委任书)等简单明确的单字作为合约的名称,由于此类合约的外表

型式通常很像一封英文信函,因此我们将其称之为书函类的合约。相对于

"Agreement""Contract"类的合约,书函类的合约虽然通常系具有补充或附属的性质,但

是书函类的合约对双方当事人亦有完全的拘束力。

 

  例如A公司向B银行借款,请C公司做保证人,通常会由A公司与B银行签署一份总约定

书(General

Agreement),做为双方往来的主要依据,再由C公司签署一份保证书(Guaranty)给B

行,而B银行每次拨款时,会发出一份授信书(Credit LetterFacility Letter)给A公司,

授信书上会载明授信额度,作为A公司申请拨款的依据。由本例中三份合约可以看出,Gen

eral Agreement系授信的主要依据,A公司和B银行间的权利义务关系主要由General

Agreement来规范,而GuarantyCredit Letter均为附属在General Agreement架构下的小

合约。C公司因签署了Guaranty,因此对B银行负有保证义务,B银行因为签署了Credit

Letter,因此对A公司就发生了拨款的义务。

 

  本书撰写的方式,是针对名称为"Agreement""Contract"类型的文件做阅读方法的说

明,其原因即在于此类文件的合约架构复杂而内容完整,读者若能掌握阅读此类合约的要

领,阅读其它类型的英文合约时自然就能够畅行无阻了。

2. 英文合约的特色

 

  这一节所要谈的英文合约的特色,其实也就是阅读英文合约的困难之处。首先,英文

合约和中文合约比较起来,总是显得又臭又长,让人一开始就产生抗拒的心理,也不知道

从何着手。其次,不但整份合约的篇幅可观,里面每个句子也经常拖了好几行,甚至几页

都很有可能。最后,也是最令人头痛的,是有一大堆「古早时候」的制式用语,长久法学

传统累积的结果,虽然或许可以显现其庄严慎重,却是阅读或使用合约者的痛苦来源。

 

  以下就针对这些英文合约这几点特色分别说明,作一些心理准备工作,并且尝试提供

几个可能有所帮助的建议。

 

  一、又臭又长的英文合约

 

  印象里的英文合约,总是密密麻麻的字母,铺满了一页又一页,最后订成厚厚的一大

本,让人看了就倒胃口,怨叹英文合约为什么一定要这么长呢?老一辈的人这时候就会说

,外国人总是不比中国人,中国人最讲「诚信」了,做生意拍拍胸脯一句话就包在我身上

,签约、盖章做什么?

 

  这个说法在今天还成不成立,或者古代到底是不是真的这样,由于作者并无纵横古今

中外的生活经验,不敢表示任何意见。我们要说明的,是英文合约的规模老是看起来比中

文合约庞大,可能有其法学历史上的原因,那就是英美法系的本质:「不成文法」。

 

  英美法学基本上架构在自古以来发生的一个个案例,所谓的"case law"就是指这种背景

,与我们所熟悉大陆法系的"statutory law",法律成文化的传统很不一样。虽然现在采取英

美法系的国家,也已经进行许多法律的成文化工作,但是规模仍然不及大陆法系国家,并

且许多成文化法规也仅限于宣示或参考的性质(例如美国American Law Institution所编撰

Restatement,虽然越来越常被法官引用,但是却没有一定的法律拘束力)。英美社会里

人与人的各种权利义务关系既然比较欠缺这些成文的法规作为依据,自然就比较需要运用

所谓的「私法自治原则」,把可能产生疑义的问题一股脑全部写进私人合约里面了,以免

因一时「偷懒」少写了一两个字,造成无穷无尽的后患。

 

  针对英文合约篇幅冗长的特色,作者要说明以下几个概念,希望能够稍微减轻你的负

担与痛苦:

 

  1.妥善利用条款标题:如果合约里的每个条款前面都有加上标题,阅读的负担可说减

少了一大半。尤其你手中拿着这本书,可以利用第壹编之肆「英文合约的结构」先把合约

支解成四大部份,其中主文的部份又可以再依照第贰编的内容作更细的分类。把一件大工

程分割成好几个小部份,从人类心理学的角度来看,应该容易接受得多。万一合约撰写人

没有加标题,也建议读者尽量尝试自己作注记,应该对合约的掌握与理解有很大的帮助。

 

  2.一个条款只规范一项权利义务关系:合约的最小单位是「条款」(clause)。英文合

约使用的单位可能有"article""section""paragraph",甚至还可以分"sub-

section""sub-paragraph"等等。但是基本上一个段落应该就是一个"clause",严谨的合约

撰写人应该遵守「一个clause

只规范一项权利义务关系」的原则。所以如果能够找到每个clause要规范的这一个法律关

系,标示出来,也对阅读合约大有帮助。

 

  3.定义条款与附件的处理:规模庞大的合约里,定义条款与附件很可能占去可观的篇

幅,但是在首次阅读合约的时候,这两部份可能都是可以暂时被忽略的。详细的处理办法

,请参阅第贰编之伍「定义条款」、拾陆「合约的附件」以及第参编之拾柒「将本文及附

件分开处理」等合约阅读技巧。

 

  二、永远等不到的句点

 

  「子句」是中学英文文法教材里的一大重点,也是英文作为一种语文比较特殊的地方

,中文里面似乎没有真正可以相比拟的概念。英文合约里就大量地展现了英文的这个特色

,在复杂的法律关系中,可以用一连串的子句,让一个句子长得让人受不了,让人一边阅

读那没完没了的句子,一边不禁咒骂那小小的句点为何还不出现在眼前。

 

  这时候除了像高中时代一样,细心分析各个子句间的关系,寻找条款的规范要点究竟

何在以外,大概也没有什么其它的法宝了。但是要告诉读者的是,这种子句堆砌的合约撰

写方式,事实上早就已经过时了,合约是拿来实际运用的,而非用来吓人或卖弄的,律师

站在服务的角度,写出手的东西应该以客户与对造能够了解为基础,才能进一步进行谈判

的工作。因此如果你的确因为文字结构的复杂而造成理解上的困扰,大可以直接请教撰写

合约的人,甚至大方地要求他做适当的修改。

 

  三、奇奇怪怪的单字

 

  最后要谈的这个部份,应该是很多初次接触英文合约的人感同身受的,那就是英文合

约里老出现一些似曾相识,看起来不太难,但放在句子里面又不知道怎么解释的单字。例

"whereas""hereby""thereto""in witness whereof",乖乖查完字典,常常还是不太

懂。有时候把这些字拿掉,好象对整个条款也没有什么影响,但是有时候因为卡在这些单

字上面,就抓不到合约条款的意思,或意思整个都不一样了。

 

  英文合约里的这些传统用语,有些是为了避免重复,让文字精简一点,例如"hereto"

"thereof" "the same"等等,都属于这类的用语。因为它们的功用是在代替一些前面已经

提过的概念,因此对权利义务关系来说很重要,不可以被忽略,本编下一节「英文合约的

传统用语」就要说明如何正确地解读这些单字,找出它们所代表的意义。

 

  另外一些传统用语,则是像中文里面的「文言文」一般,有很多没有意义的虚字,或

者仅是合约里的「制式」用语,对当事人的权利义务关系没有重大的影响,例如中文合约

的最后一句话通常会说「恐口说无凭,特立此约为证」,这句话不写进合约里,也不会有

什么关系。而英文合约的最后则通常出现"IN WITNESS WHEREOF, ……"的字样,来表示

类似的意思。本书将于介绍各种条款时,于适当的地方一并整理这些用语,增加读者对他

们的认识。

 

  事实上,在以英文为主要语言的国家当中,律师们对于这些传统用语大多已经抱持负

面的态度,不少人用"archaic"(古老、过时、不适用)这种字眼来形容,表示应该用白话

、一般人可以接受的字句来代替。不过这终究属于比较新的主张和趋势,目前几乎所有在

台湾可以接触到的英文合约,都仍然掺杂有大量的这些传统用语,因此对它们作一定程度

的了解,还是十分重要的。

3. 英文合约的传统用语

 

  英文合约里包含大量古老的制式用语,成为初次接触者的困难之一,已如前述。本节

尝试在进入各种一般性主文条款的介绍之前,将最常出现的这些传统字眼依理解之难易程

度分成两类做说明及举例,等于是一个准备工作,希望尽可能降低它们对读者阅读的阻碍

,让读者的注意力能及早集中在合约的实体权利义务关系规范上,而不再被这些传统的语

句所困扰,以免减缓认识英文合约的进度。

 

  第一类:"here"+介系词

 

  第一类以"here"开头,后面再加上一个介系词的传统用字,在英文合约里经常可以看到

,大概包括"hereunder""hereto" "hereby""hereof""herein"等等这几个字。依照作

者的看法,这是比较容易处理的一类,因为只要读者记住一个简单的原则:「"here"+介系

= 介系词+"this agreement"」,就几乎可以解读所有的第一类用语了。以下来详细看看

这个原则的运用情形。(注意:"hereinafter"在定义条款中用来表示「以下简称……」的意

思,虽然也用"here"为前缀,但与这里所说的传统用语无关,详见第贰编之伍「定义条款」

。)

 

  —— "hereunder" = "under this agreement"

 

  "hereunder""under this agreement"代替后,就很清楚地可以了解是「在本合约内」

、「依据本合约」的意思。常和这个字结合的概念有如下几个例子:

 

  举例 解读后等于 中文翻译

 

  obligations obligations under this 本合约内的

 

  hereunder agreement 义务

 

  rights granted rights granted under this 依本合约所

 

  hereunder agreement 赋予的权利

 

  payment due payment due under 依本合约应

 

  hereunder this agreement 付的价款

 

  notice required notice required to be 依本合约所

 

  to be given given under this 应给予的通知

 

  hereunder agreement

 

  payment amount "due "

 

  "due "是「债务到期」的意思,详见第贰编之柒「交易条件」

 

  notice

 

  详见第2编之15「杂项条款」中「通知条款」。

 

  —— "hereto" = "to this agreement"

 

  因为英文文法里对介系词"to"有某些一定的用法(例如动词"attach"后面接受词时,就

要用介系词"to"),所以这个字最常出现在英文合约里的状况,就是和「当事人」以及「附

件」两个概念相结合:

 

  举例: 解读后等于: 中文翻译:

 

  both parties hereto both parties to this agreement 本合约之当事人双方

 

  items specified in Attachment & I hereto items specified in Attachment I to this

agreement 本合约之附件I所列之各项

 

  & Attachment

 

  详见第2编之16「合约的附件」。

 

  —— "hereby" = "by this agreement"

 

  "hereby"中文大概可以说是「在此」、「依此」的意思,表示当事人借着这个合约,

要宣示某种具有法律上效力的「意思表示」,例如保证、同意、放弃权利等等。

 

  举例: 解读后等于: 中文翻译:

 

  The Company hereby covenants and warrants & that…… By this agreement the

Company covenants and warrants that…… 公司在此保证……

 

  Both parties hereby agree that…… By this agreement both parties agree that……

双方当事人在此同意……

 

  The Seller hereby waives & the right of…… By this agreement the Seller waives the

right of…… 卖方在此放弃……的权利

 

  & covenants and warrants

 

  详见第贰编之捌「保证条款与承诺条款」。

 

  & waive

 

  详见第2编之15「杂项条款」中的「弃权解释限制条款」。

 

  —— "hereof" = "of this agreement" "herein" = "in this agreement"

 

  "hereof" "herein"与前面介绍过的"hereunder""hereto"以及"hereby"比较起来,可

能的用法与场合较广泛,所连接的概念也比较没有固定性,同时在很多情况下"hereof""h

erein"相互代换使用,意思上并不会有很大的差别。由于"of""in"是比较普通易懂的介系词

,只要读者继续掌握前面一贯的原则,应该不会有什么理解上的困难。

 

  举例: 解读后等于: 中文翻译:

 

  to file a suit in the court agreed to& herein to file a suit in the court agreed to in this

agreement 向当事人于本合约中合意管辖的法院提起诉讼

 

  to follow the terms and conditions & herein to follow the terms and conditions in this

agreement 遵守本合约所规定的条件

 

  to take effect on the date hereof to take effect on the date of this agreement 于本合

约之日期生效

 

  the headings of the sections hereof the headings of the sections of this agreement

本合约各条款之标题

 

  & the court agreed to

 

  详见第贰编之拾伍「杂项条款」中的「合意管辖」条款。

 

  & terms and conditions

 

  详见第2编之7「交易条件」。

 

  第二类:"thereof, thereto……""the same"

 

  以"there"为前缀再加上介系词,例如"thereof""thereto"等用语,以及"the same"这一

类的用语比较不容易处理,因为上面介绍的原则无法直接套用,而必须靠读者自己依照合

约的上下文来判断。我们来看看下面两个例子:

 

  例一: No change in or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the

same is made in writing. (本约之修改需以书面为之,始生效力。)

 

  例二: This Agreement is written in the English language. In case of any

discrepancy between the English version and any translation thereof, the English text

shall govern. (本约以英文订定,与其它语言之翻译版本解释上生差异者,以英文为主。

 

  读者从上下文应该可以推敲出来,例一里的"the same"指的是「合约的修改」,也就

是前面的"change in or modification of this Agreement"这些字句,合约撰写人为了避免文

句重复造成阅读负担与篇幅冗长,于是就简单用"the same"两个字来代替。(换句话说,

如果不用"the same"的方法,整句话应该是:"No change in or modification of this

Agreement shall be valid unless the change in or modification of this Agreement is made

in writing."

 

  至于例二里的"thereof",也可以从上下文看出来是代替 "of the English version" 这几

个字。这和第一类的"hereof"其实有类似的解读方法,但是"hereof""here"通常都可以用"t

his agreement"来代替,但是 "thereof" "there" 要用什么代替,就没有一定的规则了,

在例二"there"代替的是"the English version",在别的地方却又代替其它的概念,这就是第

二类用语为什么较第一类来得困难的原因了。

 

  上面举的两个例子,其实都算是比较容易掌握的条款,有些英文合约里将"thereof""t

he same"等字眼大量运用在各种不同的地方,究竟代表什么意义,除了细心推敲上下文,

灵活思考该合约所要规范的法律逻辑关系外,恐怕还得靠读者累积大量的英文合约处理经

验,以及平时一般英语分析能力的加强,才有办法得心应手了。

 4. 英文合约的结构

 

 

  一份完整的英文合约通常可以分为标题、序文、主文条款及结尾辞四大部份。「标题

」在开宗明义地显示合约的性质;「序文」是用最简单的说明,大略介绍合约订立的背景

;「主文条款」里包括依各种合约性质的不同而约定的特殊条款,以及不论何种类型合约

都会出现的一般条款;最后「结尾辞」则是当事人签名前的一段文字,为整份合约画下句

点。以下分别就此四部份为说明。

 

  一、合约的标题

 

  英文合约和中文合约都一样,标题并不是一定要有的,因为当事人间的法律关系是用

合约内容的各个条款来判断,标题基本上不会产生任何影响。但为方便辨识的考量,合约

撰写人通常都会依照合约性质,在合约首页的最上方给予一个适当的标题,例如"Share

Purchase Agreement"(股份收购合约)、"Joint Venture Agreement"(合资合约)、

"Loan Agreement"(贷款合约)、 "Distribution Agreement"(经销合约)、 "License

Agreement"(授权合约)等等。

 

  至于标题中可能使用的 "agreement" "contract" "letter" "memorandum"

"understanding" 等各式各样的名称,有哪些意义相同,哪些在法律上可能有不同的拘束力

,则请参阅第壹编之壹「英文合约的名称」一节,不再赘述。

 

  二、合约的序文

 

  英文合约在标题之后,各式各样的条款出现之前,通常会先有一段「序文」,一般而

言不会占去太多的篇幅,目的在很简略地介绍合约规范内容之人、事、时、地、物等背景

,让阅读合约的人在接触冗长复杂的主文前,先有一个基础的认识与心理准备。

 

  详细来说,序文通常又分作以下两个段落:第一部份文字叫做 "commencement" ,也

就是合约的「开场白」,内容在说明合约当事人姓名或名称、当事人的国籍与住所或主营

业所、订约日期等等。

 

  This Share Purchase Agreement is made on the 3rd day of May, 1991 by and

between&

 

  (1 ENTERPRISES HOJAEC SA, a company organized and existing& under the

laws of France and having its registered office& at 89 rue Albert Thomas, 75010 Paris

and

 

  (2 Mark Gilbert Handerson, an individual with nationality of the United States of

America Passport No.12345678, residing at 2199 Palm Street, Pleasant Hill,

California 94509, USA.

 

  本股份收购契约订立于公元一九九一年五月三日,双方当事人为:

 

  (1 依法国法律组织设立的ENTERPRISES HOJAEC SA公司, 注册所在地为48 rue

Albert Thomas, 75010 Paris,与

 

  (2 美国籍的Mark Gilbert Handerson (护照号码12345678 ),居住于2199 Palm

Street, Pleasant Hill, California 94509, USA.

 

  & by and between

 

  要表示合约是由哪些当事人所订定,英文中通常会说"This Agreement is made by and

between……",用"by"来表示合约「被谁订定」,"between"来表示「谁与谁之间的合意」

。如果当事人不只两个,也可以用"by and among"来代替。

 

  & organized and existing

 

  合约开场白里要说明当事人的国籍,在自然人的情况下可以用"a national of

……""an individual with the nationality of

……"来表示,如果是法人组织多半使用"organized and existing under the laws of ……"

样的字眼,其中"organized"也可以用"incorporated"来代替。

 

  & registered office

 

  "registered office"是指一个公司的「注册所在地」,它和"principal office" ,即「主营

业所」并不一定位于同一个地方。举例来说,现在台湾很多本土企业基于税务与方便性的

考量,流行在海外几个特定的地方,例如英属维京群岛(British Virgin Islands 简称"BVI"

)成立所谓的「纸上公司」("paper company"),此时这个公司必须在BVI「当地」设有

一个registered office,但是公司的principal office则可能不在BVI,而位于台湾本土,因为

公司一切的业务经营实际上都在台湾进行。

 

  第二部份叫做"Recitals" "Preambles",是由数个以"Whereas"字样开头的句子所组

合而成(这些句子俗称为"Whereas Clauses" . "Whereas"的本义是"When in

fact""considering that"、或"that being the case"的意思,所以"Whereas Clauses"就表

示当事人乃是在本于对这些事实(例如订约的目的、背景来由等)的共同认识,订立此合

约。以下是一个经销契约(Distribution Agreement)的Whereas Clauses,很简单明了地

叙述制造商与经销商双方合作的意愿。

 

  Whereas, Manufacturer is engaged in the manufacture and sale of the Products

 

  Whereas, Manufacturer is desirous of selling the Products in the Territory

 

  Whereas, Distributor is engaged in the importation and distribution of the related

products of the Products in the Territory and

 

  Whereas, Distributor is desirous of becoming a distributor of the Products in the

Territory.

 

  &Now Therefore, the parties hereto agree as follows

 

  (*"Manufacturer", "Products", "Territory", and "Distributor" are all to be defined in

other parts of the contract.

 

  制造人乃从事本商品制造之公司。

 

  制造人希望在经销区域进行本商品之销售。

 

  销售人乃在经销区域从事与本商品相关商品进口与销售之公司。

 

  销售人希望能在经销区域代销本商品。

 

  基于以上之认识,双方当事人遂就下列各事项达成协议:

 

  (*文中提到的「制造人」、「本商品」、「经销区域」及「经销商」都应该在合约的

其它部份加以定义。)请参照本书第贰编之伍「定义条款」。

 

  & Now Therefore, the parties hereto agree as follows

 

  紧接在一串whereas clauses之后,会出现类似上例中的"Now Therefore, the parties

hereto agree as follows"这样一句话,目的在提醒阅读合约的人,真正规范订约当事人

权利义务关系的条款在这句话之后就要开始了,也就是说,这句话(一般称为 "operative

part")是序文与主文之间的桥梁,在此之前为订约背景事实的叙述,在此之后则为关于交

易关系的实体约定。

 

  实务上常见者,当事人签署一份合约之后,因为对同一交易事件还有后续的约定未及

于该合约记载清楚,于是再另外作成第二份合约,作为先前合约的补充条款(supplementa

l clauses)。在这种情况下订立的第二份合约中,就会在Whereas Clauses 说明其缔约的

来由与补充的性质。例如:

 

  WHEREAS, this Agreement is supplemental to an agreement dated 5 December

1989 between the parties to this Agreement "the Principal Agreement" under which

the Purchaser agreed to buy certain assets of the Vendor for an aggregate sum of 3

million.

 

  本合约是为补充双方当事人前于公元一九八九年十二月五日业已缔结之合约(以下称

「主合约」)所订立,买方于主合约中同意向卖方购买总价值三百万英镑的资产。

 

  三、主文条款

 

  各式各样的主文条款是合约中最核心的部份,也是篇幅最大的部份,与当事人的权利

义务关系发生最直接、最密切的牵连,例如买卖契约中一定要有价金、标的物等约定,合

资契约中一定要约定各股东间的出资比例,授权契约一定要谈到授权范围等等,这些都是

主文部份要详细记载的。

 

  本书拟将英文合约中的主文条款大分为两类:「特殊条款」与「一般条款」。所谓「

特殊条款」指的是只有在某些特定性质的合约中才会出现的条款,例如合资契约中通常会

约定当事人合资成立的公司由谁来管理,董事与监察人由谁来担任等等问题,但是抵押契

约就不会有这些约定。反过来说,抵押契约中一定要记载的抵押品项目、抵押期限等等,

在合资契约中就不会出现。诸如此类的「特殊条款」将留待本书之后续-「进阶篇」来详

细介绍。

 

  相对于「特殊条款」的所谓「一般条款」,指的是不论合约性质如何,几乎所有的合

约中都会记载的条款,例如管辖法院的约定、保密条款、准据法条款等等,将于本书第贰

编中详细介绍,在此亦不赘述。

 

  四、合约的结尾辞

 

  英文合约架构中的最后一个部份就是结尾辞与当事人的签名。所谓「结尾辞」指的是

在当事人签名之前经常会出现一段文字,除了表明签名人确实有签名的正当权限外,还会

载明签名的日期。至于签名栏的部份,如果当事人是公司的话,除了要盖公司印鉴以外,

还要有代表人的签名,并且通常会注明代表人的职称 title)。

 

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF&, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be

executed by duly authorized representatives& of both parties on the date and year first

written above&.

 

  ___________________ ___________________

 

  By By

 

  Title Title

 

  本约由被授权之人,于本约序文所记载日期,代表双方当事人缔结之,特此为证。

 

  _________________ __________________

 

  代表人: 代表人:

 

  职称: 职称:

 

  & IN WITNESS WHEREOF

 

  这三个字是英文合约结尾辞的标准模式,就权利义务的规范上并没有什么特别的功能

或意义,与中文合约里最后通常会记载的「恐口说无凭,特立本约为证」很类似,有时候

会用"INTENDING TO BE LEGALLY BOUND"代替,意思也是一样的。

 

  & duly authorized representatives

 

  当合约之当事人为法人组织时,必须推派出一位自然人作为代表,例如公司的代表人

通常会是董事长,代表公司与其它人订立合约,建立权利义务关系。除了董事长根据法律

当然具备对外代表公司的权限之外,公司董事会也可以决议授权某一个董事、总经理、或

其它重要职员作为公司签约的代表人,此时与公司签约的对方当事人为了确保这个代表人

的确属于"duly authorized representative",可以要求公司提供这个授权的董事会决议证明

,以妥善保护自己的权益。

 

  & the date and year first written above

 

  如果合约结尾辞里注明的日期和合约最前面序文所载的日期相同,就用这句话表示,

如果不同的话,就应该另以条款明定合约生效日(Effective Date,请参考本书第贰编之拾

参「合约之期间与更新」),以免产生争议。

 

  第贰编 英文合约的一般条款

 

  如本书第壹编之肆「英文合约的结构」一节所述,所谓「一般条款」,乃相对于「特

殊条款」,指不管合约的性质如何,通常都会出现的条款,例如不论是买卖、合资、租赁

、借贷、技术移转等合约,尽管缔约目的各自不同,却同样少不了合意管辖法院、准据法

、通知条款等等一般性的约定,记载这些一般性约定的条款,就叫做一般条款。

 

  详细来说,一般条款又可分作两大类:第一种为与当事人所要规范之交易的实体权利

义务有关系的一般条款,这种一般条款虽然在每一种性质的合约中都会记载,但是内容上

依照各类合约性质可能大相径庭。以下介绍的诸多一般条款中,「交易标的」与「交易条

件」就是属于这种一般条款。

 

  第二种一般条款与合约特定的实体交易内容没有直接的关系,而仅是在规范倾向行政

方面的事务,这种一般条款的重要性并不逊于第一种一般条款,但是由于不论合约实体交

易的性质为何,它们的内容与用语都非常相近,因此比较容易掌握与了解。以下介绍的如

担保条款、纷争解决条款等都属于这类的一般条款。

 

  另外「附件」也是各式英文合约经常使用的重要工具,虽然难谓其属「一般条款」的

一种,但因为常与一般条款结合而关系密切,为便利及完整起见,亦拟于本编一并说明介

绍。

5. 定义条款(Definitions

 

  在开始介绍定义条款的各种功能、方法及内容之前,先要说明如何在一份英文合约中

辨别哪些是已经被定义的概念,而这些概念的定义条款又要到合约的什么地方去找,得先

弄清楚这两个问题,才有可能继续阅读理解合约要规范的真正实体内容。

 

  一、辨别被定义词与寻找定义条款

 

  第一次阅读英文合约的人可能都会注意到,合约里有很多字的第一个字母都用大写,

例如"agreement"写成"Agreement""seller"写成"Seller""price"写成"Price"等等,而这些

字既不是一个句子的第一个字,也不是人名、地名、月份等英文文法里特别规定的名词,

为什么要大写呢?

 

  事实上这些大写的字母就是用来表示这些概念已经在合约的其它地方被赋予特定的定

义,与一般名词的意义已经不相同了,阅读合约的人应该特别注意,因此用第一个字母大

写的方式作为标示与区别。例如"Agreement"可能被定义为「本合约」,而不再单纯的只有

「合约」的意思; "Seller"可能专指合约的某一方当事人,而非指任何「卖方」; "Price"

可能被定义为「因本买卖合约买方所应给付卖方的价金新台币一百万元整」,而非单纯「

价格」的意思。

 

  所以阅读英文合约的时候,只要一看到第一个字母大写的名词,就应该在合约的其它

地方寻找该名词的定义条款,才知道所指为何。一般英文合约撰写人习惯将定义条款摆在

合约主文第一条,尽可能将整份合约中需要定义的全部概念集中在一起,因此理论上来说

读者应该在进入其它主文条款之前,就已经阅读过定义条款了,如果忘了前面是怎么定义

的,就翻回第一条找找,通常不会失望。

 

  只是读者才刚开始阅读合约的第一条,对这份合约的了解仅限合约序文所提供的基本

资料,除非读者具备处理此类合约的丰富经验,对合约中可能出现的内容在阅读之前就已

经可以大概猜想出来,否则还没有进入合约的其它主文条款,就接触到一大堆名词的定义

,在理解与记忆上都不容易,尤其是法律关系复杂、篇幅冗长的合约,定义条款甚至长达

数页,读者这么一路看下去,恐怕后面遇到第一个字母大写的字时,已经忘记前面第一条

定义条款是怎样定义这个概念的了。其结果就是不但在阅读第一条的时候觉得无聊又花时

间,阅读其它条文的时候又因为已经忘记前面的定义,而时常要往前翻看。

 

  为了解决这种问题,国外有少数学者与实务律师已经开始改变这种传统的习惯,将定

义条款放在整个合约主文的最后面,或是放在可以将阅读负担减低到最小的适当位置(此

种作法显然需要丰富的合约撰写经验与技巧)。然而这种作法在国外尚属少数,在台湾看

得到的英文合约中更几乎从来没有,定义条款多半还是都被安排在合约的第一条。

 

  因此作者的建议是,如果定义条款不多,可以乖乖按照合约条文的顺序慢慢阅读,但

是如果光定义条款就有十几二十句,那么不妨先把定义条款摆在旁边,直接阅读其它的主

文条款,等到这些被定义的名词一一出现的时候,再回头参阅第一条给予它们的定义,这

样可能可以比较轻松,也比较节省时间地了解一个复杂的合约。

 

  有时候因为定义的适用范围只限合约的一小部份,或者有其它撰写合约技巧上的问题

,有些名词的定义可能要往合约的后面去找,而非集中在第一条,这时候合约撰写人应该

会在名词第一次出现的时候作适当的说明,例如:

 

  The exchange rate between US Dollars and New Taiwan Dollars shall be the spot

offered rate published by Bank of Taiwan at 1100 a.m. Taipei time as of each

Payment Date as defined hereinafter.

 

  美金与新台币之汇率,应以台湾银行于各付款日(见以下对「付款日」之定义)台北

时间上午十一时所公布之汇率为准。

 

  二、定义条款的重要性

 

  将合约中所牵涉到的特定用语加以定义,是很重要的工作,目的在将语言有限的精确

性提升到最高,尽量限制对同一语词作出不同解释的可能性,以避免法律关系的模糊不清

引发争议。例如专利权授权契约的当事人对于营业秘密的保护,可能有以下的约定:

 

  The Licensee shall not divulge to any third person any trade secret having to do

with the business of the Licensor that shall come to the knowledge of the Licensee by

reason of this Agreement , during the term of this Agreement and for three years after

the termination of this Agreement.

 

  被授权人于本合约期间及本合约终止后三年内期间,不得将因本合约而得知授权人之

营业秘密,泄露给任何其它第三人。

 

  这样的约定看起来已经很完整了,除了 "Licensee" "Licensor" "Agreement" 这几

个大写字通常会在这个条款出现于合约之前,就给予适当的定义以外,还有什么概念需要

定义呢?问题就出在于"any third person"里面的"person"这个概念,究竟范围如何?「自

然人」包括在内或许没有问题,但是「法人」属于这里所说的"person"吗?或许依照合约

上下文可以推知,当事人的意思里"person"包括「公司」,那么在中华民国法律上欠缺「

法人格」的「合伙组织」算不算是这个条款里要规范的 "person"呢?为避免这种解释上的

困扰,同时也为避免意图违约的当事人玩文字游戏,当事人就会考虑在合约第一条加入以

下的定义条款:

 

  "Person" means

 

  (i a natural person& and any corporation or other entity which is given, or is

recognized as having, legal personality by the law of any country or territory or

 

  (ii any unincorporated association or unincorporated body of persons, whether

formed in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, including a partnership, joint venture or

consortium.

 

  本合约所称「人」包括-

 

  (i 自然人、法人、或依照任何国家或领域之法律,享有法人格之主体。

 

  (ii 在英国或其它地域所组成之非法人组织,例如合伙组织、合资组织、财团组织等

等。

 

  & individual

 

  如果要特别表示「自然人」(natural person),而排除「法人」的概念,通常会使用

"individual"来代替"person"这个字,可以减少疑义。

 

  依照同样的道理,英文合约中常常出现的,还有以下对于「单、复数」及「阴、阳性

」名词的范围定义:

 

  "Stock Certificate" includes "stock certificate" and "stock certificates".

 

  "He" includes "he" and "she".

 

  "His" includes "his" and "her".

 

  "Him" includes "him" and "her".

 

  本合约所称「股票」,包括单数与复数。

 

  本合约所称「他」,包括「他」与「她」。

 

  本合约所称「他的」,包括「他的」与「她的」。

 

  本合约所称「他(受格)」,包括「他(受格)」与「她(受格)」。

 

  三、定义的方法

 

  除了提高语言的精确性外,定义条款也有其经济效益上的优点,将合约前后不断出现

的特定概念用简单的一两个字代替,避免重复冗长的叙述占去太多不必要的篇幅,同时让

合约所要规范的客体一目了然,减轻阅读上的负担。例如XY两家公司订立一个工程承包

契约,为避免每次提到当事人一方或双方时,都必须叙述两家公司的全名,因此就在合约

中第一次(通常是在序文的第一段)记载两家公司的全名时,就在公司全名的后面分别以

括号的方式给予简称:"Owner"(业主)与 "Contractor"(承包业者),自此合约任何一处

再提及当事人者,皆以这两个简称代替即可。

 

  This Contract is made and entered into this first day of March, 1978 by and between

X Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of New

York with its principal office at address hereinafter referred to as the "Owner"&,

and Y Company Ltd., a company organized and existing under the laws of the Republic

of China with its principal office at address hereinafter referred to as the

"Contractor".

 

  主营业处设于 (地址) ,依美国纽约州法律组织存在的X公司(以下称「业主」),

与主营业处设在 (地址) ,依中华民国法律组织存在的Y公司(以下称「承包业者」),

于公元一九七八年三月一日订立本约。

 

  & hereinafter referred to as ……

 

  "hereinafter" 就是「以下」,"referred to as……"就是「称做……」,合起来当然就是

「以下简称……」的意思了。但是这四个字并非不可省略,换句话说,括号里面如果只写t

he "Owner"the "Contractor",也是可以的。

 

  如果某些概念比较复杂,不容易用上述括号的方法定义,也可以独立地以一个定义条

款为之,例如以下条款在定义"Affiliate",即「关系企业」:

 

  For the purpose of this Agreement&, "Affiliate" of any party to this Agreement

means any corporation which, directly or indirectly, controls such party or is controlled

by such party or is under common control with such party, where "Control" means power

and ability to direct the management and policies of the controlled corporation through

ownership of or control of more than fifty percent of the voting shares& of the controlled

corporation by contract or otherwise.

 

  本约中所提到当事人任一方之「关系企业」,系指直接或间接控制该当事人,受该当

事人控制,或与该当事人受同一控制之企业体。前述「控制」指透过契约或其它方式,掌

握受控制企业体百分之五十以上之股东投票权,而能主导该企业体之经营与政策的能力与

权力。

 

  & For the purpose of ……

 

  依照各个合约不同的需要,对某个概念定义的适用范围可能也会不同,本例中对关系

企业的定义将适用于整份合约,因此定义条款就以"For the purpose of this Agreement"

头。如果某概念只需要在某「节」中适用,就可以用"For the purpose of this Section".

 

  & voting shares

 

  投票权("voting rights")是股东因持有股份而享受的的重要权利之一,用以参与公司

董事与监察人之选任,以及其它与公司经营相关的决定。一般而言,根据中华民国公司法

上的「股东平等原则」,股东每持有一个普通股("common share")就享有一个投票权。

例外情形者,如特别股("preferred shares")、公司本身持有的库藏股("treasury

shares")、或同一股东持股数量超过一定比例等,投票权就可能受到剥夺或限制。

 

  四、附件(Attachment)的利用

 

  在某些特定性质的的合约中,所牵涉的客体概念必须尽量钜细靡遗地表达出来,以充

分、明确地规范当事人间的权利义务关系。此时为求清晰,除了在合约本文中做概括的定

义外,可以再利用「附件」做更详细完整的说明。(关于附件之运用,详见第贰编之拾陆

「合约之附件」)

 

  For the purpose of this Agreement, "Products" means all types of the machineries

manufactured by Manufacturer as are specified in Attachment& A hereto.

 

  本约所称「产品」,指制造人所制造如附件A表列之各式机器。

 

  & attachment = exhibit = schedule = annex

 

  "attachment"是我们最熟悉的「附件」说法,其它还可能在英文合约中用来表示「附件

」的有"exhibit" "schedule" "annex" 等等,都是同样的意思。

 

  五、国际惯例的引用

 

  不同国籍的当事人,由于各该国家所使用的法律各不相同,可能对同一个名词会产生

不同的解释,造成适用上的困扰与权利义务的混乱。要避免这种问题的发生,除了可以依

照上述各种方法,由合约撰写人自己为这些名词下统一的定义外,在某些性质的合约中还

可以借助于国际既有的惯例规则,例如针对国际贸易,有国际商会(International

Chamber of Commerce 简称 "ICC")所作成的国际贸易条规(International Commercial

Terms;简称 "Incoterms"),对 "FOB" "C&F" "CIF" "Ex-Ship" 等国际贸易上常用

的专有语词都有统一的定义,当事人只要指明双方同意适用某一个版本的 "Incoterms" 作为

解释的依据,就可以省去很多定义上的麻烦。

 

  The trade terms used in the Contract, such as "CIF", "C&F", and "FOB" shall be

interpreted in accordance with "Incoterms 1994".

 

  本约所使用之"CIF""C&F""FOB"等贸易条件,皆依据一九九四年版之国际贸易规约

为解释。

 

  六、其它常见的定义条款

 

  以下再提供读者一些英文合约中常用,且内容多属一致的定义条款。

 

  "Business Day" means a day on which banks and foreign exchange markets are

open for business in the Republic of China and New York.

 

  「营业日」指在中华民国与纽约,银行与外汇市场营业之日。

 

  "Property" means property, assets, interests and rights of every description,

wherever situated.

 

  「财产」包括财产、资产、利益、权利等。财产之所在地在所不问。

 

  "Expenses" include costs, charges and expenses& of every description.

 

  「费用」包括各种形式的金钱支出。

 

  & costs, charges, expenses

 

  "costs" "charges"、和"expenses"就像中文里所说的「花费」、「支出」、「费用」

一样,至多只有语意学上的差别,在法律上除非特别指明(例如「诉讼费用」、「律师费

用」),否则指的都是金钱支出,没有什么差别。英文的撰写合约习惯上,喜欢像这样尽

可能把所有表达同一概念的字句全部放到合约里,一网打尽,以免影响权利义务关系的明

确。

 

  "Proceedings" means any proceedings before a court or tribunal& including an

arbitration, whether in the Republic of China or elsewhere.

 

  「程序」指在中华民国或其它国家法院所进行的任何程序,包括仲裁在内。

 

  & tribunal

 

  "tribunal" 原始的意思,指的是法庭里较地面为高的裁判官座位席(现在英文里的裁判

席仅简单称做"the bench"),后来演变为统称「裁判官」的集合名词(a group having the

power of

judging),至于现在的法律文件或其它相关资料里提到的"tribunal",通常和"court"没有两

样,就是「法院」的意思。

 

  "Address" means

 

  (a in relation to& an individual, his usual residential or business address and

 

  (b in relation to a corporation, its registered or principal office in the Republic of

China.

 

  「地址」一词-

 

  (a 就自然人而言,指通常之居所或工作场所。

 

  (b 就公司而言,指位于中华民国之注册所在地或主营业所。

 

  & in relation to……

 

  某概念的定义条款,如果适用范围仅限于合约的「特定部份」,可以用 "for the

purpose of ……"来为定义条款起头,前面已经说过。而如果定义条款是针对合约的「特定

概念」,就用"in relation to……"来界定,例如上面所举的例子,「地址」分别在「自然人

」或「公司」两种情况下,需要不同的定义,于是需要"in relation to"作为语句连结与概念

划分的工具。

 

  "Written", in relation to a notice under this Agreement, includes those sent by telex

or fax.

 

  本合约之「书面」通知,包括以电报或传真所为之通知。

6. 交易标的(Object of Transaction

 

  所谓交易标的,就是双方当事人订立合约所要规范的「客体」内容,例如汽车买卖合

约,买方要给卖方价金,卖方要给买方汽车,所以「汽车」与「价金」就是这个合约的交

易标的;又如房屋租赁合约,「租金」与「租赁标的物(即房屋)」就是交易标的。既然

任何性质的合约,都不能缺少交易标的之约定,交易标的条款便成为一般条款的一种了。

 

  合约约定交易标的的方法可以大分为两种。第一种是交易标的明确而简单的情形,直

接在合约本文中用一般条款表示清楚,例如下面这个股份买卖合约里的「一百万股股份」

和「五千万元新台币」就是这个合约的交易标的:

 

  Subject to& the terms and conditions& set out& in this Agreement, the Seller shall

sell to the Buyer One Million 1,000,000& shares of name of the company from

which the shares are issued at the price of Fifty New Taiwan Dollars NT$50 per

share, and in an aggregate price of Fifty Million New Taiwan Dollars NT$50,000,000

.

 

  依据本合约所规定之各项条件,买方将自己所有, (发行股票公司名称) 公司之壹佰

万股(1,000,000)股份,以每股新台币伍拾元(NT$50),总价新台币伍仟万元(NT$50

,000,000)之价格出售给买方。

 

  & subject to ……

 

  「依据以下的各项条件」这句话也可以用"in accordance with ……"来代替。

 

  & terms and conditions

 

  "term""condition"其实都是「交易条件」的意思,没有什么区别,但是英文合约中习

惯将两个字合在一起使用,是非常普遍的写法。

 

  & set out

 

  这两个字也可以用"provided for"来表示。

 

  & One Million 1,000,000

 

  既然已经用文字表示是一百万股了,为什么还要在后面括号用数字再写一次呢?显然

这是法律文件追求高度精确性与谨慎性的表现,避免合约撰写人的一不小心造成严重的权

益损失,或法律关系不明确。依照中华民国民法的规定,如果文件中的文字与数字发生不

符合的情况,法院不能决定何者为当事人之原意时,应该以文字为准。这是因为阿拉伯数

字简单好写,依一般经验法则来判断,疏忽写错的机率应该比文字来得大,因此在无法以

其它证据推断原本当事人到底如何约定时,以文字为准是比较合理的方法。

 

  如果交易标的很复杂冗长,甚至需要用图表才容易表示清楚,例如股份出卖人有数个

,当事人希望表明每人出卖几股、股票序号各为何、股份属于普通股还是特别股等等细节

问题,此时可能就需要利用第二种方法:附件,这和上述附件用来辅助定义条款的道理和

方法是一样的,不再赘述。(另参阅本书第贰编之拾陆「合约的附件」)

7. 交易条件(Terms of Transaction Closing

 

  在本节的标题当中, "terms of transaction"常会在继续性合约的交易条件条款用做标

题,例如租赁合约中,承租人每月有给付房租的义务,出租人对租赁物有修缮的义务等等

。至于非继续性的合约关系,交易条件条款里要规范的则是"closing",也就是「成交」的

各项条件,例如买卖合约的买方应该用现金或支票来支付价金等条件。

 

  交易条件条款通常会约定标的物的「交付顺序」,例如价金应于买卖标的物给付之时

点同时给付,也就是一般所说的「一手交钱,一手交货」。当然当事人也可以自行约定一

方当事人要先给付标的物,他方当事人才有给付的义务,这在中华民国的法律上称为「同

时履行抗辩」。下面这个例子就是要求仪器出租人要先交付仪器给承租人后,承租人才开

始按月产生交付租金的义务。

 

  Monthly Lease Payments are due and payable& on the 1st day of each and every

month commencing on the first full month after delivery of the Leased Equipment.

 

  承租人应于租赁物交付后,每月一日给付该月月租。

 

  & due and payable

 

  "due and payable"是英文合约中常见用来表示「债务到期」的语词,目的在强调债务

不仅是「发生」,而且已经到了「应该履行」(enforceable)的时点。"due and payable"

和前面说过的"terms and conditions"一样,通常会把两个字连在一起使用,已经成为一种

惯例。另外有的合约会用"immediately due and payable""immediately payable"来代替。

 

  「付款工具」也是交易标的条款所要约定的重点,例如一般小额买卖合约可能用现金

交付最方便,金额过大时可能就约定用票据支付,至于国际海运的交易则常出现利用信用

状(Letter of Credit 简称L/C)的情形。

 

  The Buyer shall pay the Price by delivering a negotiable check& in the amount of

One Million NT Dollars NT$1,000,000 issued by Bank of Taiwan to the Seller in form

and substance satisfactory to the Seller&.

 

  买受人应以由台湾银行所开立,面额新台币壹佰万元(NT$1,000,000)之可转让支票

向出卖人支付价金。价金支付形式与内容皆须符合出卖人之要求。

 

  & negotiable check

 

  "negotiable" 在票据法上代表「可因背书或交付移转」的意思,其中「背书」是记名票

据的转让要件,无记名票据则可简单地用「交付」来转让。因此"negotiable instruments"

就是中文所说的「票据」,"negotiable check"就是「可转让支票」(即无记名支票或未有

「禁止转让背书」记载的记名支票)。

 

  & in form and substance satisfactory to the Seller

 

  这个条款把票据的内容分为"form""substance"两个部份,"form"指的是票据的「形式

」内容,例如要用本票还是支票来支付价金、要不要指定受款人等;而"substance"指的是

票据的「实体」内容,例如票据上的所记载的发票人是谁、金额多少等问题。

 

  根据中华民国票据法的规定,支票有几项所谓的「绝对必要记载事项」,欠缺这几项

记载,根本就不会发生票据法上的效力。这些事项包括发票人的签名、表明为「支票」之

文字(学理上叫做「票据文句」)、支票金额、付款人商号、表明付款人将无条件支付票

款、发票年月日及付款地等。另外支票还有两个「相对必要记载事项」:受款人与发票地

,没有记载的话也没有关系,只是法律上直接以执票人为受款人,以发票人住所为发票地

而已。除了绝对必要记载事项与相对必要记载事项以外,只要不违反票据法的规定,当事

人当然还可以依照双方的约定,记载其它的事项,法律上称为「得记载事项」。

 

  在上面所举的范例当中,当事人双方指定了票据种类(可转让支票)、票据金额(美

金壹佰万元)、发票人(台湾银行)几个重要的事项,原本依照中华民国法律,只要买受

人再满足付款人商号、表明无条件支付票款、发票年月日及付款地的记载等几项绝对必要

记载事项后,就应该符合票据法上的要件,合法完成给付价金的义务了,但是出卖人为更

进一步保障自己的权益,又加上"in form and substance satisfactory to the Seller"的字样

,于是买受人还得听从出卖人的指示,记载出卖人所希望记载的其它相对必要记载事项或

得记载事项,在形式上与与实体上都要符合出卖人的要求,才算完全依约履行了给付价金

美金一百万元的义务。

 

  除了「标的物交付顺序」与「付款工具」是所有合约几乎都会记载的交易条件条款以

外,依合约的特定性质与目的,当然还会出现很多各式各样的交易条件约定,但由于牵涉

范围太广,且内容缺乏一致性,不适合在此处介绍,故作者拟于本书之后续-「进阶篇」

中,再作详细的分类与整理。

8. 保证条款与承诺条款(Representations and Warranties Covenants

 

  所谓「保证条款」(Representations Warranties),系指当事人一方或双方针对过

去曾经发生或现在存在,可能影响合约效力的一些「事实」,保证为确实不虚假的条款。

常见者例如公司作为当事人所订立的合约,为确实保障双方权益,常常以此类条款保证公

司成立的合法性、公司具备完整的权利能力(即法律上享受权利、履行义务的能力)、该

订约行为曾经过公司内部合法程序决议等等事项。

 

  至于「承诺条款」(Covenants),则是指当事人对于未来的事情承诺一定的作为或

不作为。例如A公司将自己旗下的造纸业资产与股份全数出售给B公司,B公司为了保障

自己在市场上的地位与经济利益,可能会要求A公司承诺在这些股份与资产出售后,将不

再经营相同的造纸事业,或购入其它造纸业的股份,这种所谓的「不竞业」义务的约定,

就是A公司的一个"Covenant".

 

  虽然在学理上可以将 "Representation""Warranty""Covenant"做以上的区别,但

是在英文合约的实际撰写上,常常把它们放在同一个条款,而统称为"Representations and

Warranties",或是"Covenants and Warranties".下面为了清楚起见,还是用两个例子分开

说明。

 

  当事人通常会约定,保证条款里所叙述过去或现在的「事实」如果有虚假情事,或者

当事人违反自己在承诺条款所为之承诺,对方当事人即取得解除契约的权利(right of

termination;请参考本编之拾肆「违约条款」一节)。

 

  The Seller hereby represents and warrants as to itself that

 

  (i it is a duly organized legal entity&, validly existing and in good standing&

under the laws of the Republic of China

 

  (ii its Board of Directors has taken all necessary action to duly authorize the

execution, delivery and performance& of this Agreement which actions are reflected in

the minutes book& of the corporation and

 

  (iii its entry into and performance of its obligations under this Agreement do not

violate any legal requirements& in the Republic of China as of the date hereof or any

material agreements to which it is a party.

 

  出卖人保证下列事项属实:

 

  (i 本公司为依中华民国法律合法组织存在之法律主体;

 

  (ii 本公司董事会已依法授权本公司进行与本合约相关的订立与履行事宜,并记载于

董事会记录中;

 

  (iii 本公司订立本合约及因本合约所致生之义务,不违反订约时之任何中华民国法

令,或违反其它任何本公司为当事人的合约。

 

  & legal entity

 

  在法律上,除了自然人(natural person)具备享受权利、负担义务的能力之外,还承

认所谓的"legal

entity"(法律主体)也有这种权利能力,例如公司法人就属于这样的一种"legal entity",可

以作为合约之当事人。

 

  & in good standing

 

  "good standing"是一个公司合法、有效存在的一种表征。例如在美国,公司每年向各

州州政府缴交少许的手续费用,州政府就会对该公司进行一些简单的调查工作,如纳税记

录等等,如果没有问题,就会发给一张"certificate of good standing",表彰该公司的状况

大致良好。

 

  & execution, delivery and performance

 

  关于合约的签署和履行,英文里常 "execution" "delivery" "performance" 合成

一句话来说。其中"execution"是「签署」合约, "performance" 是「履行」合约,都没有

什么问题,但是"delivery"究竟所指为何,却不清楚,一般法律学者仅知道它是从古老的英

国契约法沿用下来的用语,至于它的意义似已不可考。

 

  & minutes book

 

  公司法对于股东会与董事会开会,都要求做成"minutes book"(议事录),记载会议之

日期、场所、主席姓名、决议方式、议事经过之要领与结果等等事项,历届股东会议事录

还要备置于本公司供公司债权人随时查阅抄录。

 

  & legal requirements

 

  例如股权移转可能需要向财政部证券管理委员会申报,外国人投资必须由经济部投资

审议委员会核准等,都属于这里所说的legal requirements (法律要件)。

 

  The Landlord hereby covenants that the Premises will not be sold or mortgaged to

any third person during the term of this Agreement.

 

  房东保证本约期间不将租赁标的物出售或抵押给第三人。

 

 

 TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT



        275    2-16          

 

 

TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Trademark License Agreement (Agreement) is made by and between the University

of Alaska Fairbanks (UAF), a corporation created and existing under the Constitution

and laws of the state of Alaska, and ____________________ (LICENSEE) an

______________ corporation, effective as of ___________, 2005 (the EFFECTIVE

DATE).

Whereas, UAF holds exclusive rights in certain trademarks and service marks and

LICENSEE desires to use those marks in association with the marketing and sale of

certain products;

Therefore, in consideration of the promises exchanged in this Agreement, the parties

agree as follows.

Section 1.Definitions

1.1The term LICENSED MARKS, as used in this Agreement, shall mean those marks

identified on the UAF webpage “Using the UAF Logo,”

http://www.uaf.edu/univrel/guide/logo/index.html.

1.2The term LICENSED PRODUCTS and SERVICES, as used in this Agreement, shall

mean those products and services identified in Schedule A to this Agreement.

1.3The term TERRITORY, as used in this Agreement, shall refer to the United States of

America.

1.4The term GROSS SALES as used in this Agreement, shall mean LICENSEE’S billing

price to customers or distributors, including the royalty amount less (1) discounts which

are given and which are customary in the trade, (2) returns, and (3) transportation

charges on returns.

1.5SOLD (or SALE) means that a LICENSED PRODUCT is shipped, distributed, paid for,

or billed or invoiced (whichever comes first).

1.6QUALITY means an acceptable level of quality to UAF.

1.7CONTRACT YEAR shall mean the consecutive twelve-month period commencing

each July 1, and terminating the following June 30, EXCEPT that the first CONTRACT

YEAR may be less than twelve months, commencing on the EFFECTIVE DATE and

terminating on the next June 30.

1.8TERM means the effective period of this agreement, which shall be for one year after

the EFFECTIVE DATE.Each year thereafter, this Agreement shall automatically renew

for an additional one–year term unless either party gives written notice to the other, at

least 60 days prior to the end of such term or renewed term, of an intent to terminate.

Section 2.License Grant

UAF grants to LICENSEE a nonexclusive license to use the LICENSED MARKS in

association with the marketing and sale of the LICENSED PRODUCTS within the

TERRITORY.LICENSEE shall have no right to sublicense any rights to use the

LICENSED MARKS. LICENSEE may not transfer the rights under this Agreement to any

other party without prior approval from UAF.

Section 3.Payments to UAF

3.1On or before the EFFECTIVE DATE, LICENSEE shall pay to UAF a nonrefundable

License Issue Fee of $150.00. Said Issue Fee is NOT an advance toward royalties that

may become due during any calendar quarter of the TERM and LICENSEE shall not

deduct the amount of the License Issue Fee from any royalties that may become due

from the sale of LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES.

 

3.2LICENSEE shall pay to UAF, in addition to the said License Issue Fee, a continuing

royalty of seven percent of GROSS SALES of all LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES

sold by LICENSEE or any of its subsidiaries, divisions, or affiliates. If LICENSEE sells any

LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES to any party affiliated with LICENSEE, or in any

way directly or indirectly related to or under common control with LICENSEE, at a price

less than the regular price charged to other parties, the royalties payable hereunder

shall be computed on the basis of the regular price charged to other parties. There shall

be no deduction from the royalties owed for uncollectible accounts, or for taxes, fees,

assessments, advertising, or other expenses of any kind that may be incurred or paid by

LICENSEE, except for those specifically enumerated in paragraph 1.4 above. All checks

for royalties due should be mailed to:

 

Intellectual Property and Licensing Office

University of Alaska Fairbanks

P. O. Box 757270

Fairbanks, Alaska 99775-7270

3.3LICENSEE agrees to pay to UAF a $200.00 Minimum Royalty during each

CONTRACT YEAR of the TERM as a minimum guarantee against royalties to be paid

during each CONTRACT YEAR. The remedy of UAF for failure of LICENSEE to make

payment of said Minimum Royalty shall be limited to termination of this agreement

pursuant to the termination provisions below.

Section 4.Statements and Books of Account

4.1LICENSEE shall submit quarterly statements to UAF in the format and containing the

information specified in Attachment A hereto. Such statements shall be submitted to UAF

within thirty (30) days after the end of each calendar quarter, and shall contain payment

of continuing royalties payable pursuant to paragraph 3.2 above for that calendar

quarter. If in any CONTRACT YEAR the Minimum Royalty specified in paragraph 3.3

above has not been met by payments of continuing royalty during such CONTRACT

YEAR, then the balance due shall be remitted within thirty (30) days after the

anniversary CONTRACT YEAR date of the agreement. The License Issue Fee required

by paragraph 3.1 may not be used to satisfy the minimum royalty payment.

4.2All delinquent amounts not paid when due pursuant to paragraph 4.1 shall be

charged a rate of interest equal to one and one–half percent (1.5%) per month or any

portion thereof during which said amounts remain delinquent.

4.3LICENSEE agrees to keep accurate books of account and records covering all

transactions relating to the LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES. UAF or its authorized

representative shall have the right at all reasonable hours of the day at LICENSEE’S

usual place of business, upon ten (10) days written notice, to examine and copy said

books of account and records and all other documents and material in the possession or

under the control of LICENSEE insofar as they relate to the LICENSED PRODUCTS or

SERVICES in order to determine the accuracy of the statements delivered by LICENSEE

to UAF. If any such examination shall reveal an error in royalties paid or payable

hereunder of more than five percent (5%) or if such examination is made because of the

LICENSEE’S willful failure to pay any amounts due hereunder, then LICENSEE shall bear

all costs incurred by UAF in connection with the examination. Upon demand of UAF,

LICENSEE shall at its own expense, furnish to UAF a detailed statement, signed by

LICENSEE (where applicable, LICENSEE’S Chief Financial Officer), showing the number,

description, GROSS SALES PRICE and itemized deductions from GROSS SALES PRICE

of the LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES covered by this agreement SOLD by

LICENSEE to the date of UAF’S demand. All such books of account and records shall be

kept available during the TERM and for at least one year thereafter.

Section 5.Goodwill in LICENSED MARKS

5.1LICENSEE agrees that the essence of this agreement is founded on the goodwill

associated with the LICENSED MARKS and the value of that goodwill in the minds of the

consuming public. LICENSEE agrees that it is critical that such goodwill be protected and

enhanced and, toward this end, LICENSEE shall not during the TERM or thereafter;

(a)attach the title or any right of UAF in or to the LICENSED MARKS;

(b)apply to register or maintain any application or registration of the LICENSED MARKS

or any other mark confusingly similar thereto;

(c)use any colorable imitation of any of the LICENSED MARKS, or any variant form

(including variant design forms, logos, colors, or type styles) of the LICENSED MARKS

not specifically approved by UAF;

(d)misuse the LICENSED MARKS;

(e)take any action that would bring the LICENSED MARKS into public disrepute;

(f)use the LICENSED MARKS, or any mark or name confusingly similar thereto, in its

corporate or trade name;

(g)take any action that would tend to destroy or diminish the goodwill in the LICENSED

MARKS.

5.2All use by LICENSEE of the LICENSED MARKS inures to the benefit of UAF.

5.3In order to facilitate enhanced protection by registration of the LICENSED MARKS,

LICENSEE agrees to provide UAF within one (1) month after initial SALE by LICENSEE of

each different type of LICENSED PRODUCT or SERVICE unless this requirement is

specifically waived by UAF.

(a)one (1) original of each label, tag, container and advertising or promotional piece

bearing a LICENSED MARK (or, if the LICENSED MARK does not appear on a label tag,

one (1) copy of a photograph showing appearance of the LICENSED PRODUCT or

SERVICE); and

(b)a copy of the invoice or shipping ticket indicating the first SALE of that LICENSED

PRODUCT.

Within ten (10) days after the first SALE by LICENSEE of said LICENSED PRODUCT or

SERVICE in the state other than Alaska (or in Alaska, if the sale evidenced by item (b)

above was to a state other than Alaska), LICENSEE shall provide to UAF a copy of the

invoice or shipping ticket indicating said first SALE.

The items required in paragraph 5.3 shall be provided to UAF by mailing or shipping

them postage or shipping costs prepaid, to:

Intellectual Property and Licensing Office

University of Alaska Fairbanks

P. O. Box 757270

Fairbanks, Alaska 99775-7270

5.4LICENSEE agrees to cooperate fully with UAF in securing and maintaining the

goodwill of UAF in the LICENSED MARKS.

Section 6.Quality Control: Packaging and Advertising Approval

6.1All LICENSED PRODUCTS shall be QUALITY goods. UAF shall have the right through

its employee(s) or designated representative(s) during normal business hours to inspect

the facilities and product inventory of LICENSEE to assure itself that QUALITYis being

maintained at all times and to verify compliance with the criteria specified in this

agreement.

6.2LICENSEE acknowledges that if LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES manufactured

and sold by it were of inferior quality in design, material, or workmanship, the substantial

goodwill that UAF possesses in MARKS would be impaired. Accordingly, LICENSEE

agrees that all LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES shall be of high quality. To this

end, LICENSEE shall, before it sells or distributes any of the LICENSED PRODUCTS or

SERVICES, furnish to UAF, free of cost, for its approval, a sample of each LICENSED

PRODUCT or SERVICE, together with any associated carton or container, packing or

wrapping material. UAF shall have two (2) weeks from receipt of LICENSED PRODUCTS

or SERVICES in which to reject the sample. In absence of rejection, or upon earlier

written acceptance, the sample shall be deemed as accepted as an example of the

quality for the LICENSED PRODUCT or SERVICE. The LICENSED MARKS may be

applied by LICENSEE only to such LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES as are

manufactured in accordance with the corresponding examples accepted hereunder and

which have substantially the same relative quality position in the market place as do the

examples thereof; provided, however that LICENSEE may furnish to UAF further sample

of any LICENSED PRODUCT or SERVICE of which it desires to change the quality, style

and/or appearance and UAF shall have two (2) weeks from receipt thereof in which to

reject in writing said further sample, failure to so reject to be deemed as approval

thereof as an example of quality for that LICENSED PRODUCT or SERVICE.

6.3LICENSEE shall permit UAF and its agents to periodically inspect the facilities and

premises of LICENSEE during normal business hours, including any facilities in which the

LICENSED PRODUCTS are made, processed, packaged, or stored, to ensure that the

LICENSED PRODUCTS are of sufficient quality.If the LICENSED PRODUCTS are

produced by a subcontractor, LICENSEE shall obtain agreements with such

subcontractors, as necessary, to allow UAF and its agents to inspect the subcontractor’s

facilities from time to time during normal business hours.

Section 7.Marking

LICENSEE agrees that it will designate the LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES in a

manner as specified from time to time in writing by UAF, to indicate the rights to UAF in

the LICENSED MARKS, including registration status of the LICENSED MARKS, and that

the products or services are manufactured pursuant to license.

Section 8.Default and Termination

8.1In the event LICENSEE fails to submit timely statements and payments to UAF as

provided in this agreement, or in the event LICENSEE becomes insolvent, makes any

assignment for the benefits of creditors, or is subject to any bankruptcy or receivership

proceedings, or in the event either party fails to comply with any of its obligations under

this agreement, the other party may serve on the defaulting party a Notice of Default. If

the default is not cured with thirty (30) days from service of the Notice of Default, the

other party may then serve its Notice of Termination, and this agreement shall be

automatically terminated upon service of said Notice of Termination.

8.2Either Party may terminate this agreement at any time without cause with two (2)

months’ written Notice of Intent to Terminate. In such event, this agreement shall be

automatically terminated two (2) months after service of said Notice of Intent to

Terminate.

8.3Unless sooner terminated pursuant to the above provisions, this agreement shall

remain in effect through the TERM described in paragraph 1.8 above.

Section 9.Effect of Termination

9.1Upon expiration or termination of this agreement, all rights granted to LICENSEE

hereunder shall cease, and LICENSEE will refrain from further use of LICENSED MARKS

or any other mark or name reasonably deemed by UAF to be similar to LICENSED

MARKS in condition with manufacture, sale, distribution, or promotion of products or

services. LICENSEE acknowledges that failure to comply with this provision will result in

immediate and irreparable harm affording injunctive and any and all other appropriate

relief to UAF.

9.2Upon expiration of termination of this agreement, LICENSEE shall not operate its

business in any manner that would falsely suggest to the public that this agreement is

still in force, or that any relationship exists between LICENSEE and UAF.

9.3Within 30 days of the termination of this Agreement or the completion of the sale of

any remaining inventory, LICENSEE shall provide to UAF a final Royalty Report in

accordance with Section 4 of this Agreement.

Section 10.Enforcement

LICENSEE shall not institute any proceedings for infringement of the LICENSED MARKS

without the prior written approval of UAF.LICENSEE shall cooperate fully and in good

faith with UAF in the event any infringement proceedings arising out of or related to any

use of the LICENSED MARKS are brought by or against any third party.LICENSEE

shall not challenge, directly or indirectly, UAF’s right, title, or interest in the LICENSED

MARKS.

Section 11.Insurance and indemnity

11.1During the TERM of this agreement, LICENSEE shall maintain in effect insurance for

both bodily injury and property damage liability, including product liability, in per

occurrence limits of not less than One Million U.S. Dollars (US $1,000,000) for personal

injury and not less than One Million U.S. Dollars (US $1,000,000) for property damage.

The policy(ies) shall include an endorsement naming UAF as an additional insured

insofar as this agreement is concerned and provide that written notice shall be given to

UAF at least thirty (30) days prior to cancellation or material change in the form of such

policy(ies). LICENSEE shall furnish UAF, prior to commencing any performance

hereunder, certificates of insurance with the endorsements required herein. UAF shall

have the right to inspect the original policies of such insurance.

11.2LICENSEE agrees that it is wholly responsible for all products or services

manufactured or SOLD by it, including all LICENSED PRODUCTS or SERVICES, and

that UAF shall have no liability for any items, including any LICENSED PRODUCT or

SERIVCE, manufactured or SOLD by LICENSEE.

11.3LICENSEE agrees to indemnify and hold harmless UAF, its officers, employees, and

agents thereof, from any claims, demands, causes of action, and damages, including

reasonable attorney’s fees, caused by or arising out of use of any LICENSED MARK or

workmanship, material or design of any LICENSED PRODUCT or SERVICE, including

without limitation claims or actions for product liability and patent or copyright

infringement.

Section 12.No agency relationship

The parties intend to establish a licensee-licensor relationship by this

Agreement.Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to establish a joint venture,

agency, or partnership relationship.

Section 13.Authority, compliance

Each party represents and warrants that its entry into this Agreement has been duly

authorized by all necessary action, is lawful, and does not violate any other agreement

to which it is a party.Each party further represents and warrants that its business

conduct in performing under this Agreement will conform to all applicable and valid laws,

rules, and regulations.

Section 14.Notices

All notices or demands required to be made or permitted under this agreement shall be

deemed served when deposited in the United States mail, first class postage prepaid,

certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, addressed as provided in

paragraphs 3.2 and 5.3 of this agreement, or to such other address as either party may

from time to time designate in writing.

Section 15.Miscellaneous provisions

15.1This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties regarding the

subject matter of the Agreement and supersedes all proposals, oral or written, and all

negotiations, conversations, commitments, and other communications between the

parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

15.2Any provision that may be reasonably interpreted to survive the termination or

expiration of this Agreement shall survive to the extent required for the full observation

and performance of the terms of this Agreement.

15.3This Agreement shall not be modified except by a written agreement signed by the

duly authorized representatives of LICENSEE and UAF.

15.4This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which when executed

shall be deemed to be an original and all of which counterparts taken together shall

constitute the same instrument.

15.5This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of

Alaska.This Agreement shall not be construed for or against either party as the

drafter.

15.6Failure by either party to enforce at any time or for any period of time the provisions

of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provisions, and shall in no

way affect such party’s rights to enforce such provisions at a later time.

15.7If any part of this Agreement is determined by a court or tribunal of competent

jurisdiction to be wholly or partially unenforceable for any reason, such unenforceability

shall not affect the balance of this Agreement, which shall remain in full force and effect.

The parties acknowledge the acceptance of the terms and conditions set forth in this

Agreement through the signatures of their duly authorized representatives on the dates

appearing under such signatures below.

University of Alaska FairbanksBy:_______________________Name: K. Diane

McLeanTitle: Director, Intellectual Property &

LicensingDate:______________________Address:P. O. Box 757270University of

Alaska FairbanksFairbanks, Alaska 99775–7270LICENSEE

By:_______________________Name: ____________________Title:

______________________Date:______________________Address:

 

 

 MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT



        305    2-16          

 

 

MEMORANDUM OF AGREEMENT

 

 

 

This AGREEMENT is entered into this (Day, Month & Year) by and between (Name and

Complete Address of Sponsor) (hereinafter referred to as "Sponsor") and Kansas State

University, 2 Fairchild Hall, Manhattan, KS, 66506-1103 (hereinafter referred to as the

"University").Work will be performed at Kansas State University in the Department of

(Dept. Name).

 

WHEREAS, the project contemplated by this Agreement is of mutual interest and benefit

to University and to Sponsor and will further instructional and research project objectives

of University in a manner consistent with its status as a non-profit, tax-exempt

educational institution.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.STATEMENT OF WORK.The University agrees to use its best efforts to perform the

project as described in Appendix A hereof.

 

2.PRINCIPAL INVESTIGATOR/PROJECT DIRECTOR.The project will be directed by

(PI/PD Name).If, for any reason, (s)he is unable to continue to serve as principal

investigator/project director and a mutually acceptable successor is not available,

University and/or Sponsor shall have the option to terminate said program in accordance

with Clause 15 - TERMINATION.

3.PERIOD OF PERFORMANCE.The project shall be conducted during the period of

(Start Date and End Date) and will be subject to renewal only by mutual agreement of

the parties.

 

4.PROJECT COSTS AND PAYMENT.In consideration of the foregoing, Sponsor will

pay University for costs incurred in the performance of the project, without an itemized

accounting. Payment shall not exceed the total estimated cost of (Enter

Amount).Sponsor shall make payment (within thirty (30) days of the receipt of an

invoice from University)or (shall pay $###### upon the full execution of this

agreement and $####### on or about [date]).

 

5.REPORTS.Brief progress reports of the project will be made periodically by

University to Sponsor and a final report will be rendered on completion of the

project.During the term of this Agreement, representatives of University will consult

and/or meet with representatives of Sponsor to discuss progress and results, as well as

on going plans of the project and University will provide project information to Sponsor

as reasonably requested.

 

6.FACILITIES.The University will provide the utilities and office, laboratory and field

space needed for the project.

 

7.PROPERTY.All equipment detailed in the project budget and purchased from this

fund shall be the property of the University.

8.PUBLICITY.Sponsor will not use the name of University, nor of any member of

University's project staff, in any publicity, advertising, or news release without the prior

written approval of an authorized representative of University.University will not use

the name of Sponsor, nor any employee of Sponsor, in any publicity, advertising, or

news release without the prior written approval of Sponsor.

 

9.INSURANCE.University represents that it has adequate liability insurance, such

protection being applicable to officers, employees, and agents while acting within the

scope of their employment by University.The University has no liability insurance policy

as such that can extend protection to any other person.

10.BACKGROUND INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.“Background Intellectual Property

means property and the legal right therein of either or both parties developed before or

independent of this Agreement including inventions, patent applications, patents,

copyrights, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets and any information embodying

proprietary data such as technical data and computer software.

 

Both parties agree to provide the Background Intellectual Property necessary to

complete the objectives of the project.Both parties shall retain all rights to their

respective Background Intellectual Property provided for this purpose.Neither party

shall assume any rights in the other party’s Background Intellectual Property provided

for this project other than the right to use said Background Intellectual Property to

achieve the objectives of this project.

 

11.PROJECT INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.“Project Intellectual Property means the

legal rights relating to inventions (including Subject Inventions as defined in 37 CFR

401), patent applications, patents, copyrights, trademarks, mask works, trade secrets

and any other legally protectable information, including computer software, first made or

generated during the performance of this Agreement.

 

Ownership of Project Intellectual Property shall vest in the party whose personnel

conceived the subject matter and diligently pursued reducing the subject matter to

practice, and such party may perfect legal protection therein in its own name and at its

own expense.Jointly made or generated Project Intellectual Property shall be jointly

owned by the Parties unless otherwise agreed in writing.

 

The Parties agree to disclose to each other, in writing, each and every Invention which

may be patentable or otherwise protectable under the United States Patent laws in Title

35, United States Code.The Parties acknowledge that they will disclose Inventions to

each other and the awarding agency within two (2) months after their respective

inventor(s) first disclose the invention in writing to the person(s) responsible for patent

matters of the disclosing party.All written disclosures of such Inventions shall contain

sufficient detail of the invention, identification of any statutory bars, and shall be marked

confidential, in accordance with 35 U.S.C. 205.

 

Sponsor shall receive the first option to negotiate for a license to commercialize the

Project Intellectual Property of University, subject to any rights of the Government

therein.Sponsor is hereby granted an exclusive option to negotiate the terms for a

license to Project Intellectual Property of University, for an initial option period of three

(3) months after such invention has been reported to Sponsor.

 

The terms of subsequent licensing agreements for University owned and/or Jointly

owned Intellectual Property will be negotiated in good faith and by mutual agreement by

the Parties to this Agreement.

 

12.CONFIDENTIALITY/PUBLICATIONS.During the term of this Agreement, and for a

period of five (5) years thereafter, each party will maintain in confidence all confidential

Background Intellectual Property and Project Intellectual Property of a party, as well as

all other Confidential Information of a party disclosed by that party to the other in

connection with this Project.Neither party will use, disclose or grant use of such

Confidential Information except as required to perform under this Agreement.Each

party will use at least the same standard of care as it uses to protect its own Confidential

Information to insure that students, interns, employees, agents and consultants do not

disclose or make any unauthorized use of such Confidential Information.Any student,

intern, employee, agent or consultant of the receiving party must be notified of the

restrictions on the use of the disclosing party’s Confidential Information and must agree

with those restrictions before being allowed access to the Confidential

Information.Each party will promptly notify the other upon discovery of any

unauthorized use or disclosure of the Confidential Information.

 

Either party may publish its results from this project.However, the publishing party will

provide the other party a thirty (30) day period in which to review proposed publications,

identify proprietary or confidential information, and submit comments.The publishing

party will not publish or otherwise disclose proprietary or confidential information in

accordance with the procedures described in this article and the publishing party will

give full consideration to all comments before publication.Furthermore, upon request

of the reviewing party, publication will be deferred for up to sixty (60) additional days for

preparation and filing of a Patent application which the reviewing party has the right to

file or to have filed at its request by the publishing party.

 

13.MODIFICATION.Any agreement to change the terms of this Agreement in any way

shall be valid when the change is made in writing and approved by authorized

representatives of the parties hereto.

 

14.REPRESENTATIVES.Designated representatives for the parties are:

 

Sponsor:University:

 

If TechnicalNamePrincipal Investigator's Name

AddressKansas State University

TelephoneAddress

Manhattan, KS66506

(785) 532-XXXX

 

If ContractualNamePaul R. Lowe

AddressKansas State University

Telephone2 Fairchild Hall

Manhattan, KS66506-1103

(785) 532-6804

 

 

15.TERMINATION.Performance under this Agreement may be terminated by Sponsor

upon a thirty day advance, written notice.In the event of early termination of this

Agreement by Sponsor, Sponsor shall pay all costs accrued by University as of the date

of the notice of termination, including non-cancelable obligations, which shall include all

non-cancelable contracts and fellowships or postdoctoral associate appointments called

for in Appendix A.In addition, Sponsor will pay all other reasonable costs incurred by

the University during the time period between the notification date and the termination

date, which are necessary to terminate the project.Any obligation of sponsor for

fellowships or postdoctoral associates shall end no later than the end of University's

academic year following termination.Reimbursement for incurred costs and obligations

will not exceed the total estimated project cost as shown in Clause 4.

 

Performance may be terminated by University upon a thirty day advance, written notice if

circumstances beyond its control preclude continuation of the project.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused these presents to be executed in

duplicate as of the day and year first written above.

 

SPONSOR:KANSAS STATE UNIVERSITY:

 

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________

____

By:By: Paul R. Lowe

Title:Title: Assistant Vice Provost for Research

 

 Agreement 协议范文



        439    2-16          

 

 

Agreement

 

1. Tsinghua University has agreed to admit Dr.______ (name) from

_________(country) as a post doctoral researcher at School (College, Institute, Center,

Department) of ________.

 

2. Prof.________(name) as Side A has been entrusted by President of School (College,

Institute, Center, Department) of______________ in Tsinghua University to sign this

agreement with Dr._________(name) as Side B on the basis of friendly cooperation,

and both sides will pledge to conscientiously fulfill all obligations stipulated in the

agreement.

 

3. The period of validity of the agreement will be from theday of

_______(month), 200 _ (year) to the __day of _____(month) 200__ (year).

 

4. Side B will fulfill the following research agreed by both sides:

Title of research project(s):

Effects of oxygenated fuels on combustion and emissions in optical engine.

Assignments and expected targets of the research project(s):

Study the effects of oxygenated fuels on spray, ignition, speed of flame propagation,

temperature field and particulate field, and obtain useful information about how to

reduce emissions from engines.

 

5. Obligations of Side A:

Side A will provide Side B with indispensable coworker, instruments for the latter’s

research.

Side A will provide Side B with research-related supervision and cooperation.

Under present conditions, Side A will provide Side B with convenience in the latter’s

research, living condition.

Side A will introduce related instruments’ operation rules and regulations to Side B.

6. Obligations of Side B:

Side B should comply with the laws, decrees and relevant regulations enacted by

Chinese government, and should not interfere with Chinese internal affairs, and should

not involve in any activities that is not commensurate with the position of a post doctoral

researcher.

Side B should observe the regulations enacted by Side A.

Side B should complete the assignments in item 4 within the period in item 3. All

research fruits achieved by Side B supported by Side A during the period should be

Side A’s intellectual properties, and Side B’s publication about his/her research should

be issued in the name of a post doctoral research of Tsinghua University.

Side B should submit his/her research summary to Side A before one to two months of

expiration, give a presentation to academic committee and will be evaluated by fellow

specialists about his/her research.

 

7. Salary

(1) Side B will receive ¥yuan(RMB) as his/her salary paid by Side A

monthly.

(2) □√Side A will not provide Side B with any salary.

(3) Side B will receive his/her monthly payment of¥ yuan in the form of

scholarship supported by.

 

8. Housing

During the period in item 3, Side A will provide Side B with a furnished apartment with a

bathroom and a kitchen. Side A will pay the rent for Side B and Side B will pay the other

expenses such as coal gas , water and electricity supplies.

 

9. Medical Care

Within the period in item 3, Side A will transact a medical card of Tsinghua University

Hospital for Side B. With the card, the latter can see a doctor in the hospital, and should

pay the expenses by himself/herself.

When asking for a sick leave, Side B should have a doctor’s certificate about his/her

health condition.

10. Vacation

Within the period in item 3, Side B can enjoy vacations such as winter vacation and

summer vocation scheduled by Tsinghua University.

 

11. Arrangement of children

During the period in item 3, Side A will provide Side B with the help for his/her children

living in China to go to kindergarten or school.

 

12. Revision, Cancellation and Termination of the Agreement

Both sides should abide by the agreement and should not revise, cancel and terminate

the agreement without mutual approval. If dissensions arise about the agreement, both

sides should consult with each other and mediate any disputes.

Side A has the right to formally repeal the agreement reached by both sides under the

following conditions:

() Side B does not fulfill the agreement or is not consistent with the stipulated

obligations after Side A has pointed out his/her wrong action.

() The diagnosis about Side Bs health shows that he/she can not continue his/her

research after a thirty day sick leave.

Side B has the right to formally repeal the agreement reached by both sides under the

following conditions:

() Side A has not provided Side B with necessary research instruments and living

conditions.

() Side A has not paid Side Bs salary on schedule.

 

13. After the expiration of the agreement, Side B should move out the apartment offered

by Side A. If Side B does not move out on time, Tsinghua University will deal with the

situation according to relevant regulations. And Side B will bear all expenses he/she

stays in China.

 

14. The agreement will take effect after both sides’ signature, and it will become

invalidation after the expiration in item 3.

 

 

 

 

Side A (signature) Side B ( signature)

 

Date:

 

 CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT



    cnexamw.com    628    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of ________________________, 20____, by and

between ___________________________________________ (hereinafter referred to

as "Company"), a corporation duly organized under the laws of the State of

______________, and having its principal place of business at

______________________________________, and The Research Foundation of

State University of New York (hereinafter referred to as "Foundation"), having its

principal place of business at 35 State Street, Albany, New York 12207 U.S.A. (mailing

address: P.O. Box 9, Albany, New York12201-0009).

 

A.The parties to this Agreement have developed or acquired technical and other

proprietary information relating to Research Foundation Invention Case Number

______________________, entitled

"_____________________________________________________________________

_" (hereinafter referred to as "Confidential Information") and the parties wish to ensure

that the information which may be disclosed to each other is treated in strictest

confidence.

 

B.Each of the parties desires to receive such Confidential Information from the other

for the limited purpose of evaluating the suitability of entering into a business

relationship or sponsorship of research, and each party recognizes the importance of

safeguarding such Confidential Information against unauthorized use or disclosure.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the disclosures made hereunder, and

covenants entered into herewith, Company and Foundation agree as follows.

 

Company and Foundation are willing to disclose such information to each other under

the following conditions:

 

1.Each party's Confidential Information shall be supplied to the other party in written,

graphic, photographic, recorded, prototype, sample, or in any other tangible form and

shall be identified as being disclosed under this Agreement.Any Confidential

Information which is disclosed in oral form shall be identified as such at the time of

disclosure and confirmed in written summary form within thirty (30) days after its

disclosure to the receiving party.

 

2.As used in this Agreement, "Confidential Information" shall mean all data, samples,

technical and economic information, commercialization, clinical and research strategies,

trade secrets and know-how disclosed or provided by one party to the other in

accordance with Paragraph 1, except such information which (a) can be shown by the

receiving party to have been in its possession prior to disclosure to it by the other party;

(b) at the time of disclosure hereunder is, or thereafter, becomes, through no fault of the

receiving party, part of the public domain by publication or otherwise; (c) is furnished to

the receiving party by a third party after the time of disclosure hereunder as a matter of

right and without restriction on its disclosure; (d) is independently developed by

employees or agents of the receiving party who have not had access, direct or indirect,

to the Confidential Information received from the other; (e) is furnished to others by the

disclosing party without restriction on disclosure; or (f) is disclosed to a third party with

the written approval of the disclosing party.

 

3.Each party agrees to limit its use of any Confidential Information received from the

other party to the evaluation for the additional purpose of negotiating in good faith the

terms and conditions of a licensing or research agreement between them, and for no

other purpose unless the parties shall otherwise agree in writing.Each party agrees to

not make, use, sell, offer for sale, or have made, any product or service based upon the

Confidential Information provided to it without executing a licensing agreement.Each

party further agrees not to reverse engineer or disassemble the technology disclosed to

it.

 

4.Each party agrees to maintain in confidence and not to disclose any Confidential

Information received from the other party other than to employees or agents who have a

need to know the Confidential Information for the purpose described in Paragraph 3.

 

5.Each party agrees not to make any copies in whole or in part of Confidential

Information or analyze samples of tangible materials included therein, which are not

available on the open market or from other sources, for any purposes other than the

purposes set forth in Paragraph 3, and will, upon request by the disclosing party, return

all tangible materials furnished hereunder and any notes or memoranda of

conversations relating thereto, including any copies thereof.

 

6.The party receiving Confidential Information under this Agreement shall be held to

the same standard of care in protecting such information as the receiving party normally

employs to preserve and safeguard its own Confidential Information of similar kind.

 

7.The obligation of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate on the fifth

anniversary of the date of this Agreement.

 

8.No right or license under any patent application, patent or other proprietary right is

granted hereunder by implication or otherwise.

 

9.This Agreement may not be changed or modified or released, discharged,

abandoned, or otherwise terminated in whole or in part, except by an instrument in

writing signed by a duly authorized officer of each of Company and Foundation.

 

 10.This Agreement shall be construed under the laws of the State of New

York.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement the day

and year first above written.

 

The Research Foundation of State University of New York



By:Date:

_____________________

 

Title:_______________________________

 

 

Company

 

By:Date:

_____________________

 

Title: ______________________________

 

 

Sample Sale Contract



    cnexamw.com    467    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

Sample Sale Contract

 

 

 

The sample sale/purchase agreement below is a GUIDE

 

only to the sort of agreement that may be made between

 

the SELLER and BUYER of a horse.

 

 

 

 AGREEMENT OF SALE

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT, dated this _____ day of ________, 200_

is made by and between _______________ ("SELLER") and

_________________ ("BUYER").

 

BUYER Details:

 

 

 

 

SELLER Details:

 

Name:

 

Name:

 

Address:

Address:

 

 

 

 

HORSE Details:

 

Veterinary Examination:

 

(to be paid for by the Buyer)

 

 

 

Name:

 

Contingency examination:

 

Age:

 

Coggins test:

 

 

 

Colour:

 

Date of test:

 

 

 

Markings:

 

 

 

 

 

Breed:

 

 

 

 

 

Sex:

 

 

 

 

 

Height:

 

 

 

 

 

 

PAYMENT Details:

 

 

Purchase Price £:

 

 

_____________

 

 

 

 

 

Deposit £:

 

 

_____________

 

 

Deposit Date:

 

 

_____________

 

Balance Due £:

_____________

Balance Due Date:

_____________

 

 

 

 

SELLER Warrants:

 

(Check which of the following warranties are to be included in the agreement)

 

 

The SELLER covenants that he/she is the lawful owner of said equine; that he/she has

the right to sell said equine; and that he/she will warrant and defend the equine against

lawful claims and demands of all persons.

 

 

 

The SELLER makes no other promises, express or implied, including the warranties of

fitness for a particular purpose unless further provided in this Agreement.

 

 

 

Buyer waives any claim for damage should said equine fail to meet the above warranties

at the time of delivery, unless such a defect is discovered within (X) days from delivery to

BUYER.

 

 

 

HEALTH warranty:

 

 

To the best of his knowledge, the HORSE has no unsoundness or health problems on

date of sale which would cause the HORSE to be unfit for regular training.

 



 

Other:

 

 

 

 

DISPUTES:

 

 

Will any disputes be settled through arbitration?YES/NO

 

 

 

Legal disputes shall take place and be governed by the laws of ___________ (state

country/state).

 



 

 

 

 

In witness whereof the Parties, intending to be legally bound,

hereby have set their hand and seal on the day above written.

 

SELLER BUYER

 

 

 

TIMBER SALE CONTRACT



    cnexamw.com    352    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

TIMBER SALE CONTRACT

 

This Contract entered into this _______ day of __________20 ______ by and between

, with an address of _______________________________

___________________________________________ hereinafter called the Seller, and

______________________, with an address of _______________________________

___________________________________________ hereinafter called the Purchaser,

WITNESSETH:

 

PAYMENT

The Seller agrees to sell and the Purchaser agrees to buy for the sum of

___________________Dollars ($ ), under the conditions set forth in this

contract, all the marked standing timber upon an area of approximately _____ acres in

______________County, ___________ on land owned and recorded in the name of

_________________________. The location of the area can further be described as

follows: ______________________________________________________________

_____________________________________________________________________

The Purchaser further agrees to pay to the Seller the sum of ____________________

Dollars ($ ) in one lump-sum payment due at the time of executing this

contract.

 

SELLER

The seller further agrees to dispose of the timber conveyed in this contract in the strict

accordance with the following conditions:

All trees to be included in this sale will be marked as follows: Trees are marked with

________ paint once at breast height (4 ?feet above the ground) and again at below

stump height. All sawlog and pulpwood material contained in the marked trees is

included in this sale. Seller makes no guarantee of the volume of timber contained in the

sale area and is under no obligation to guarantee a specified volume.

No concurrent contract involving the area or period covered in this contract has been or

will be entered into by the seller without the written consent of the Purchaser.

The Purchaser and his employees shall have access to the area at all reasonable times

and seasons for the purpose of carrying out the terms of this contract.

The Seller covenants that he is the lawful owner of the above timber and that no

indebtedness or encumbrance exists against the same.

PURCHASER

The Purchaser further agrees to cut and remove the timber conveyed in the contract in

strict accordance with the following conditions:

Unless an extension of time is agreed upon in writing between the Seller and the

Purchaser, all timber shall be cut and removed on or before and not latter then the

_____ day of __________ 2000, and any material not so removed shall revert to the

Seller.

Only marked trees shall be cut. Unmarked trees and young timber shall be protected

against unnecessary injury from felling and logging operations.

The Purchaser shall clear necessary logging roads only after their locations have been

definitely agreed upon with the Seller or his representative.

During the life of this contract and on the area covered, care shall be exercised by the

Purchaser and his employees against the starting and spreading of fire and they shall

take reasonable precaution to prevent and control fires.

Fence damaged or destroyed by the Purchaser in the logging or removal of timber

included in this contract shall be repaired or replaced by the Purchaser to the conditions

existing at the time the logging begins.

Any liability for damage, destruction, or restoration of private or public improvements

occasioned by or in the exercise of this contract shall be the sole responsibility of the

Purchaser.

All litter and garbage created by the loggers and/or log haulers is the responsibility of

the Purchaser and is to be picked up weekly.

Best Management Practices will be followed to ensure minimum impact on water

resources both on site and downstream.

INSURANCE

The Purchaser hereby agrees to protect, indemnify, and save harmless the Seller from

any and all liability for personal injuries, death and/or property damage suffered or

incurred by any person in connection with the Purchaser's performance of this contract.

The Purchaser also agrees to furnish insurance of the following types

General Liability Insurance in the amount of $_________________________, and

listing ______________________as additional insured on said policy.

Worker's Compensation Insurance for all persons used in the harvest of the timber.

MISCELLANEOUS

Seller and Purchaser mutually agree as follows:

All modifications of this contract will be reduced to writing, dated, signed and witnessed,

and will be attached to this contract.

Resale of any portion of the standing timber conveyed by this contract will not release

the Purchaser from any or all the terms of this contract unless the Seller signs a written

release.

In case of dispute over the terms of this contract, final decision shall rest with a

reputable person mutually agreed upon by parties to this contract. In the case of further

disagreement, final decision shall rest with an approved board of three persons, one to

be selected by each party to this contract and the third to be selected by the other two.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this agreement as of the day and

year first above written.

 

WITNESS: _____________________________ ______________________________

Purchaser

_____________________________ ______________________________

 

WITNESS:

_____________________________ ______________________________

Seller

_____________________________

 

 

 合同意向书范本



    cnexamw.com    1021    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

中英文:合同意向书范本

(Sample Letter of Intent Form)

 

 

 

LETTER OF INTENT FOR POSSIBLE

 

 

CONTRACT FOR SALE OF ASSETS

 

 

Possible Seller: _____________________________

 

 

Possible Buyer: _____________________________

 

 

Business: _____________________________

 

 

Date: ______________, 20_____

 

 

This is a non-binding letter of intent that contains provisions that are being discussed for

a possible sale of the Business named above from the possible Seller named above to

the possible Buyer named above. This is not a contract. This is not a legally binding

agreement. This is merely an outline of possible contract terms for discussion purposes

only. This is being signed in order to enable the Possible Buyer to apply for financing of

the purchase price. This letter of intent is confidential and shall not be disclosed to

anyone other than the parties and their employees, attorneys and accountants and the

possible lenders of the Possible Buyer. The terms of the transaction being discussed

are attached hereto, but the terms (and the possible sale itself) are not binding unless

and until they are set forth in a written contract signed by Possible Seller and Possible

Buyer. The word "shall" is used in the attached terms only as an example of how a

contract might read, and it does not mean that the attached terms are or ever will be

legally binding.

 

 

____________________________ ________________________

 

 

____________________________

 

 

Witnesses

 

 

____________________________ ________________________

 

 

____________________________

 

 

Witnesses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(合同意向书范本)

 

 

 

 

 

潜在资产出让合同意向书

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

潜在卖方:_____________________________

 

 

 

 

 

潜在买方:_____________________________

 

 

 

 

 

交易事项:_____________________________

 

 

 

 

 

日期:______________, 20_____

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

本意向书不具有约束力,所包含之条款有待上述潜在卖方与买方就可能发生之交易(本处

应指“资产出让”)进行磋商。本意向书不应被视为任何合同、或具有法律约束力的协议,而

应视作仅为磋商之目的而订立的有关本意向书项下可能达成之合同的条款概述。签署本意

向书之目的是为了能够便于潜在买方就购买价格筹措资金。双方应对本意向书之内容保密

,且除了本意向书项下双方及其雇员、律师、会计师和潜在买方之潜在贷款方之外,不得

向任何其他第三方透露。本次磋商之交易条款随附其后,但是除非且直到潜在的买卖双方

签署书面协议,这些条款(及潜在卖方自身)将不具有约束力。随附条款中“应该”一词仅为

合同阅读之惯例,并不意味随附之条款具有或将要具有法律约束力。

 

 

 

 LEASE AGREEMENT



    cnexamw.com    335    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF LEASE is made on this 16th day of December 2003 by and

BETWEEN:-

 

Mrs. Ghazala Waheed w/o Abdul Waheed, Adult, R/o House No.***-*, DHA, Lahore

Cantt, (hereinafter to as the LESSOR of the ONE PART).

 

And

 

Mr.* ***,R/o China, refereed to as the LESSEE of the OTHER PART.(Expression

LESSOR”

and LESSEE wherever the context so permit shall always mean and include their

respective heirs, successors legal representative and assignees).

 

WHEREAS the LESSOR is the lawful owner and in lawful possession of House

No,***-*,DHA,

Lahore Cantt, consisting of 4 Bedrooms with bath, D/D,TV; Lounge, Kitchen, Store,

Servant, Quarter together with fixtures and fitting (hereinafter collectively called the

DEMISED PREMISES).

 

AND WHEREAS the LESSOR has agreed the lease and the LESSEE has agreed to

take on lease the DEMISED PREMISES on the terms and condition as given below:-

 

1. This agreement in only valid if LESSEE is renewed and extended for the lease

period.

 

2. The LESSOR lets LESSEE takes the DEMISSED PREMISES for a period of 12

months

Commencing from 15th January 2004. The Lease is renewable for a further period

as may be mutually agreed in writing on expiry of the lease period

 

3. The rent of the DEMISED PREMISES shall be USD3,300/-(US dollars Three

Thousand and Three hundred Only) per month

 

4. The LESSOR hereby acknowledges receipt of the sum of USD.19,800/-(US

dollars Nineteen Thousand and eight Hundred Only) per month.

 

5. It is hereby agreed between the parties that the LESSEE shall pay the aforesaid

monthly rent

USD. 3,300/-(US dollars Three Thousand and Three hundred Only) as the monthly

rental advance by 20th of each calendar month for which if is due after completion of

advance rent period ending on 15th July 2004.

6. That the LESSOR hereby acknowledges receipt of the sum of Rs.60,000/-(Rupees

Sixty Thousand Only) from the LESSEE as FIXED EDPOSIT SECURITY which shall be

refunded to the LESSEE on giving back the vacant possession of the DEMISED

PREMISES after deduction of damages/shortages outstanding bills for Electricity, Water,

Gas and Telephone charges etc, against the DEMISED PREMISES.

 

THE LESSEE HERBY CONVENANTS WITH LESSOR AS FOLLOWING:

 

1. To pay to the LESSOR the rent hereby reserved in the manner before

mentioned.

 

2. That the LESSEE shall not at any time during the terms, without the consent in

writing of the LESSOR, pull down, damages or make any structure alterations to the

DEMISED PREMESES provided always, the LESSEE shall have go write install any

fixtures and fittings excluding air-conditioners in the DEMISED PREMESES, to detach

and repossess the same subject to the restoration of the DEMISED PREMESES to their

original state at his cost (reasonable wear and tear excepted) on the expiry of this lease

or any renewal hereof.

 

3. To use the DEMISES PREMISES for residential purpose and would not be used

for a commercial purpose the DEMISES PREMISE would not be used occupied by Mr.

****

And family.

 

4. Not to sublet the whole or any part of the premises.

 

5. To pay regularly the bills for Electricity, Gas, Water and Telephone charges in

respect of the DEMISED PREMISES. A copy of all the paid utility bill be forwarded to the

LESSOR every three month regularly. In case of disconnection of any facility due to

non-payment, LESSEE will be responsible to get them restored and pay the same. All

dues must be cleared before the expiry of the LEASE.

 

6. The LESSEE shall keep and maintain the said premises in good and tenantable

conditions during the tenure of the lease.

 

THE LESSOR HEREBY CONVENANTS WITH THE LESSEE AS FOLLOWING:-

 

1. To pay all existing and future rate, taxes assessments and other charges of a

public nature whether impose by the Municipality, Government or any other authority in

respect of DEMISED PREMISES.

 

2. Not to erect or set up a building or structure on the DEMISES PREMISES nor to

add to any existing building or structure during the period of lease or any renewal

without the written consent of the LESSEE.

 

IT IS HEREBY DECLEAR AND MUTURALLY AGREED BETWEEN THE LESSOR

AND LESSEE ANS FOLLWING:=

 

1. The LESSEE and the LESSOR shall have the right and option to terminate this

Lease at any time only after the expiry of the lease period i.e., 24 months, provided they

give ONE (1) month notice in advance to either of the parties.

 

2. The meter reading of various utilities are as given below:-

UTILITY METER NUMBER TODAYS READING

a) ELECRICITY ———————— ————————

b) GAS ———————— ————————

c) TELEPHONE ———————— ————————

d) WATER ———————— ————————

 

3. That the LESSEE has also agreed with the LESSOR for a mandatory increase in

rent by 10% per annum, the rent would be enhanced to Rs.36,300/-( Rupees Thirty Six

Thousand and Three Hundred Only), should the LESSOR and I ESSEE mutually to

renew the Lease. It can be negotiated between the parties.

 

WHEREOF THE PARTIES hereto have executed these presents on the and day

above written.

 

LESSSOR:__________________________

Mrs. Ghazala waheed

NIC NO._______________________

 

LESSEE__________________________

Mr.****

Chinese passport no.___________________

 

 

 PROPERTY INSURANCE CLAUSES



    cnexamw.com    360    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

PROPERTY INSURANCE CLAUSES

 

 

Whole Doc.

 



 

 

I. THE PROPERTY INSURED

 

 

 

The property insured shall refer to all properties andexpensesspe-

 

cified in the Schedule of this Policy.

 

Unless specifically agreed upon in writing between the Insured and the

 

Company and appraised and value-established by professionals or assessors,

 

the following articles and the expensesrelevanttheretoshallnotbe

 

covered under this Policy:

 

1. gold, silver, pearls, diamonds, precious stones and jades;

 

2. antiques, articles of virtue,ancientcoins,ancientbooksand

 

ancient paintings;

 

3. works of art or postage stamps;

 

4. advertisements, aerials, neon, pieces of solar energy apparatus

 

etc. on buildings;

 

5. computer system records or its making and copying costs.

 

Under no circumstances shall the following articlesrelevantthereto

 

be covered hereunder:

 

1. guns, ammunition or explosives;

 

2. banknotes, securities, bills, documents, files,accountbooksor

 

drawings;

 

3. animals, plants and agricultural crops;

 

4. mobile phones, portable computers, removablephotographapparatus

 

or other precious articles;

 

5. vehicles licensed for general transport use.

 

 

II. SCOPE OF COVER

 

 

 

The Company shall indemnify the Insured inrespectofthephysical

 

loss of or damage to the insured property stated intheScheduleduring

 

the period of insurance directly arising from the following perils:

 

1. fire;

 

2. explosion;

 

but not including explosion ofaboilerorotherpressurerelief

 

devices;

 

3. lightning;

 

4. hurricane, typhoon and tornado;

 

5. storm, tempest and flood;

 

but not including loss or damage causedbychangeinnormalwater

 

level or inundation from sea water or water escapeorleakagefromthe

 

normal confines of any natural water course, lake or reservoir,canalor

 

dam as well as loss of or damage to the insured property caused bystorm,

 

tempest or flood while being stored in the open or covered by orundera

 

shed thatched with reeds, tarpaulins,straw,asphaltfelt,plasticor

 

nylon sheet;

 

6. hailstorm;

 

7. landslide, rockslide, avalanche;

 

8. volcanic explosion;

 

9. subsidence of ground;

 

butnotincludinglossordamageresultingfrompiledriving,

 

groundwork or excavation;

 

10. crashing aircraft and parts or articles falling from aircraftand

 

other flying objects;

 

11. bursting of water tank or pipe;

 

but not including bursting of water tank or pipe due to rust.

 

 

III. EXCLUSIONS

 

 

 

This Company shall not be liable for:

 

1. loss of or damage to the insured propertyorexpensescausedby

 

intentional act or gross negligence of the Insured or his representative;

 

2. loss of or damage totheinsuredpropertycausedandexpenses

 

incurred by earthquake or tsunami;

 

3. depreciation, loss of market, loss of use andotherconsequential

 

losses of any description;

 

4. loss of or damage to theinsuredpropertyorexpensesincurred

 

arisingfromwar,warlikeoperation,hostilities,armed conflicts,

 

terrorism, conspiracy insurrection, coup d'etat, strike, riot,andcivil

 

commotion;

 

5. confiscation, requisition, destruction or damage by anyactionor

 

order of any government de jure or de facto or by any public authorities;

 

6. loss of or damage to insured property directly or indirectly caused

 

or expenses incurred by nuclear fission, nuclear fusion,nuclearweapon,

 

nuclear material, nuclear radiation and radioactive contamination;

 

7. loss or damage caused and expenses incurredbypollutionofany

 

kindordescriptionwhatsoeversuchasatmosphere,landandwater

 

pollutions but this does not include loss or damagecausedbypollution

 

arising from PERILS specified in Article II the Policy;

 

8. the deductibles stated in the Schedule to be borne by the Insured;

 

9. loss or damage arising from any other perils not listed inArticle

 

II of this Policy.

 

 

IV. TREATMENT OF CLAIM

 

 

 

1. The Company shall at its option, indemnify the Insuredinrespect

 

of loss or damage falling within the ScopeofCoverofthePolicyby

 

either:

 

1.1 paying the amount of the actual valueofthepropertylostor

 

damaged or;

 

1.2 paying the necessary cost of repairing orrestoringthedamaged

 

property to its nearest condition immediately preceding the damage or;

 

1.3 repairing or restoring the damaged property to a condition near to

 

other property of like kind and quality.

 

2. Indemnity under this Policy shall be based uponthesoundmarket

 

value of the property prevailing at the time of loss. If the soundmarket

 

value of the damaged property islowerthanthesuminsuredofsuch

 

property, the claim shall be settled on its marketvalue;Ifthesound

 

market value of the property is in excess of the sum insured, theCompany

 

shall only be liable for such proportion of the claim as thesuminsured

 

of the damaged property bears to its sound market value.Iftheinsured

 

property enumerated in the Schedule is more than one item,theprovision

 

of this clause shall apply to each thereof.

 

3. If a claim for loss of or damage to the insured item is settledon

 

a total loss basis, the salvage value of such item shall be deductedfrom

 

the indemnity payable by the Company. TheCompanymay,atitsoption,

 

decline the abandonment of any damaged property by the Insured.

 

4. In the event of loss of or damage toanyequipmentiteminsured

 

forming part of a pair or set, the Company shall not be liable inrespect

 

of each of such item lost or damaged for more than its proportionatepart

 

of the sum insured on the complete pair or set.

 

5. In the event of any loss occurrence, the Company shall also pay the

 

Insured for the expenses reasonably incurred for taking necessary measures

 

to minimize loss or damage to the least extent, but in no case shallsuch

 

expenses referred hereto exceed the sum insured of the insured property.

 

6. Upon settlement of a claim, an endorsement shall be issuedbythe

 

Company to reduce the sum insured corresponding to thepropertylostor

 

damaged by the amount so settled from the date ofloss,andnopremium

 

shall be refunded for the amount so reduced. If reinstatement ofthesum

 

insured is required by theInsureduponsettlementoftheclaim,an

 

additional premium for the reinstated amount shall be charged at an agreed

 

rate, and be calculated on pro rata daily basis from the date oflossto

 

the expiry of the insurance.

 

7. The time of validity of a claimunderthisinsuranceshallnot

 

exceed a period of two year counting from the date of loss.

 

 

V. INSURED'S OBLIGATIONS

 

 

 

The following Obligations shall be strictly fulfilled bytheInsured

 

and his representative:

 

1. The Insured and his representative,whenapplyingforinsurance

 

shall make true answers or descriptions to the questions intheProposal

 

and Questionnaire or to any other questions raised by the Company.

 

2. The Insured and his representative shall pay to the Company indue

 

course the agreed premium in the manner as provided intheScheduleand

 

Endorsements.

 

3. During the period of this insurance, the Insured shall athisown


 

expense takeallreasonableprecautions,includingpayingsufficient

 

attention to and putting into practice the reasonablerecommendationsnf

 

the Company, prudently selecting the workmen and employeesandcomplying

 

with all statutory regulations and safety operation procedures.

 

4. In the event of any occurrence which gives or might give rise toa

 

claim under this Policy, the Insured or his representative shall:

 

4.1 notify the Company immediately and within seven (7)daysorany

 

further period as may be agreed bytheCompanyinwriting,furnisha

 

written report to indicate the course, probable reason and extent ofloss

 

or damage;

 

4.2 take all necessary measures to avoid aggravation ofthelossor

 

damage and minimize it to the least extent;

 

 4.3preservethespotaffectedanddefectivepartsbeforean

 

inspection is carriedoutbyarepresentativeorsurveyorfromthe

 

Company;

 

4.4 furnish all suchinformationanddocumentaryevidenceasthe

 

Company may require for supporting the claim.

 

 

VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS

 

 

 

1. Policy Effect

 

The due observance and fulfilment of the terms and conditions ofthis

 

Policy in so far as they relate to anything to be done or complied with by

 

the Insured shall be a condition precedent to any liability of the Company

 

under this Policy.

 

2. Policy Voidance

 

This Policy shall bevoidableintheeventofmisrepresentation,

 

misdescription or non-disclosure made by the Insured or his representative

 

in any material particular in respect of this insurance.

 

3. Policy Termination

 

Unless its continuance be admitted by theCompanyinwriting,this

 

Policy shall be automatically terminated if:

 

3.1 the insurable interest of the Insured is lost;

 

3.2 the risk of loss or damage is increased.

 

After termination of the Policy, the premium shall be refunded tothe

 

Insured calculated on pro rata daily basis for the period from the date of

 

termination to the date of expiry.

 

4. Policy Cancellation

 

This Policy may be canceled at any time at the request of theInsured

 

in writing or at the option of the Company by giving a fifteen(15)days

 

prior notice to the Insured. In the former case the Company shall retain a

 

premium calculated on short term rate basis for the timethePolicyhas

 

been in force while in the latter case such premium shall be calculated on

 

pro rata daily basis.

 

5. Forfeit of Benefit

 

If the claim is in any respect fraudulent, or if any fraudulentmeans

 

or devices are used by the Insured or hisrepresentativetoobtainany

 

benefit under this Policy or if any loss or damage isoccasionedbythe

 

intentional act or in the connivance of the Insured or his representative,

 

then in any of these cases, all the rights andbenefitsoftheInsured

 

under this Policy shall be forfeited, and allconsequentlossesarising

 

therefrom including the amount of claimpaidbytheCompanyshallbe

 

indemnified by the Insured.

 

6. Reasonable Inspection

 

The representative of theCompanyshallatanysuitabletimebe

 

entitled to attend the site and inspect or examine the riskexplosureof

 

the property insured. For this purpose, theInsuredshallprovidefull

 

assistance and all details and information required by the Company asmay

 

benecessaryfortheassessmentoftherisk.Theabovementioned

 

inspection or examinationshallinnocircumstancesbeheldasany

 

admission to the Insured by the Company.

 

7. Double Insurance

 

Should any loss, damage, expenses or liability recoverableunderthe

 

Policy be also covered by any other insurance, the Company shallonlybe

 

liable to pay or contribute his proportion of the claim irrespective as to

 

whether the other insurance is arranged by the Insured orothersonhis

 

behalf, or whether any indemnificationisobtainableundersuchother

 

insurance.

 

 

 

8. Subrogation

 

Where a third party shall be held responsible for the lossordamage

 

covered under this Policy, the Insured shall, whether being indemnified by

 

the Company or not, take all necessary measures to enforce or reservethe

 

right of recovery against such third party, and upon being indemnifiedby

 

the Company, subrogate to the Company all the right of recovery,transfer

 

all necessary documents to and assist theCompanyinpursuingrecovery

 

from the responsible party.

 

9. Dispute

 

All disputes under this insurance arising between the Insured andthe

 

Company shall be settled throughfriendlynegotiations.Wherethetwo

 

parties fail to reach an agreement after negotiations, such disputeshall

 

be submittedtoarbitrationortocourtforlegalactions.Unless

 

otherwise agreed, such arbitration or legal action shall be carried out in

 

the place where the defendant is domiciled.

 

 

VII. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

 

 

 

The following provisions shall be applied to all parts of thisPolicy

 

and shall override the other terms and conditions of thisPolicyifany

 

conflict arises.

 

 

PROPERTY INSURANCE POLICY

 

 

 

Policy No.:

 

WHEREAS THE INSURED named in theScheduleheretohasmadetothe

 

______ Insurance Company (hereinaftercalled""theCompany"")awritten

 

Proposal which together with any other statements made by the insuredfor

 

the purpose of this Policy is deemed to beincorporatedhereinandhas

 

paid to the Company the premium stated in the Schedule.

 

NOW THIS POLICY OF INSURANCE WITNESSES that subject to thetermsand

 

conditions contained herein or endorsed hereon the Company shall indemnify

 

the insured forthelossordamagesustainedduringtheperiodof

 

insurance statedintheScheduleinthemannerandtotheextent

 

hereinafter provided.

 

 Bythe________InsuranceCompany

 

_________________________ Authorised Signature

 

Date of Issue:

 

Place of Issue:

 

 

SCHEDULE

 

 

 

Policy No.:

 

1. Name and Address of the Insured

 

1.1 The Insured:

 

1.2 Address:

 

2. Location of the Property Insured:

 

3. Nature of Trade:

 

4. Insured Items and Sums Insured:

 

Insured Items Sums Insured

 

4.1 Property Insured

 

4.1.1 Building(s) (including decoration):

 

4.1.2 Machinery and Equipment:

 

4.1.3 Furniture and Fixture:

 

(including office equipment and supplies)

 

4.1.4 Stock:

 

4.1.5 Others:

 

4.2 Additional Expenses:

 

4.2.1 Removal of Debris fees:

 

4.2.2 Fire Extinguishing Expenses:

 

4.2.3 Professional Fees:

 

4.2.4 Other Expenses:

 

Total Sum Insured:

 

5. Deductible (any one accident):

 

6. Period of Insurance: ___ months.

 

from 00:00 of _________ to 24:00 hours of ______

 

7. Premium Rate:

 

 Total Premium:

 

8. Date of Payment:

 

9. Jurisdiction:

 

This Policy is governed by law of the People's Republic of China.

 

10. Special Provisions:

 

PROPERTY INSURANCE POLICY'S SCHEDULE

 

 _________ Insurance Company

 

 

AGREEMENT OF BOT PROJECT



    cnexamw.com    287    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

AGREEMENT OF BOT PROJECT

 

Whole Doc.

 

This Agreement is made and entered into by and between

 

The government of_____________(hereinafter called "B") represented

by________(hereinafter called "A")

 

And

 

__________Corporation, a company duly organized and existing under the laws of

the People's Republic of China with its principal office at___________(hereinafter called

"C").

 

Whereas, A and C concluded the Memorandum Concerning __________Project on

the ____________and C had been given Exclusive Right from B to carry out

investigation and implement ____________Project (hereinafter called "the Project") by

way of joint financing between C and B (so called BOT).

 

Whereas, the loan agreement, guarantee agreement, letter of guarantee, etc. shall

constitute integral components of this Agreement. The Project's installed capacity is

__________.

 

Now therefore, the parties hereby agree as follows:

 

1. Definition and Interpretation

 

"Project" means the planning, feasibility study, design and engineering,

construction, equipping, completion, testing, commissioning and operation of the

infrastructure project.

 

"Project Cost" means the cost specified in Clause 3.

 

"Operation Period" means the period specified in Clause 10.1 from the starting date

of commercial operation of the infrastructure project.

 

"Completion Date" means the day upon which C certifies that the infrastructure

project has successfully completed its testing and can start Operation Period.

 

"Force Majeure" shall have the meaning specified in Clause 16.

 

"Project Scope" means the scope of supply and services of C in connection with the

execution of the Project as described in Annex 2.

 

"Site" means the site for the infrastructure project including ___________, special

roads, and other areas for construction as specified in Annex 2.

 

"Transfer Date" means the day following the last day of the Operation Period.

 

"New Company" means the Company to be established between C and

________entity as specified in Clause 5.

 

"Investment Agreement" means the Agreement on Mutual Encouragement and

Protection of Investment between the Government of the People's Republic of China and

the Government of the ___________.

 

"Exclusive Right" means the special power granted to C or New Company in the

Memorandum, Agreement and its annex.

 

"Day" means the solar calendar day.

 

2. The Project

 

2.1 The Project shall be named as "________".

 

2.2 The infrastructure project is intended to be located at __________. The exact

location of the infrastructure project may be adjusted at the stage of detailed design in

consideration of the site condition.

 

2.3 The Project shall be implemented on Building, Operation and Transfer Basis.

 

2.4 The Project shall be composed of ____________________, _________,

_________, the details of which shall be as attached Annex 2 - Scope of the Project.

 

2.5 The final feasibility study report and detailed design after acceptance of B and

C shall form basis for the development and completion of the Project.

 

3. The Project Cost

 

3.1 The project cost is $______, interest of the construction period is $______, the

total project cost is $__________, and the details of which are shown in Annex 3 -

Project Cost.

 

3.2 The total project cost shall comprise but not limited to the following costs and

the details of the project cost shall be as attached Annex 3 - Project Cost:

 

1) Cost for feasibility study, design and engineering and other consulting services;

 

2) Cost for construction and installation;

 

3) Cost for purchasing equipment and materials;

 

4) Cost for administration including overseas expenses;

 

5) Overhead and miscellaneous expenses;

 

6) Contingencies;

 

7) Interest during the construction period (__________% per annum plus bank

commission);

 

8) Premium for construction insurance and export credit insurance.

 

3.3 The Project Cost shall be based on the feasibility study report and in case of a

substantial variation in investment arising from geologic reasons, the additional part to

the Project Cost shall be approved by B. An additional investment agreement or contract

should be concluded between B and C.

 

4. Responsibilities for Project Execution

 

4.1 C shall be responsible for the following provided that if and after New Company

is established, responsibilities shall be transferred to New Company and be shared by

the members of New Company:

 

1) the design and engineering, procurement, construction and commissioning of the

Project;

 

2) all costs in connection with the building of the infrastructure project and the

arrangement of all necessary funding;

 

3) operation of the infrastructure project;

 

4) transfer of the infrastructure project to B on the Transfer Date;

 

4.2 B shall be responsible for:

 

1) the arrangement of:

 

the provision of all necessary development approvals, permits, consents, site

leases, access and other rights for C or New Company together with the fulfillment of

essential requirements such as company registration, import license and exemption of

customs duties and the like;

 

the provision of all necessary or desirable aids for C to obtain the loan;

 

obtaining of all regulatory, statutory and other consents, approvals, authorizations,

tax concessions and investment incentives as described hereinafter which are

necessary or desirable for the implementation of the Project;

 

obtaining of all necessary permits and approvals from the relevant

_____________authorities for C or New Company to repatriate capital and dividends in

US Dollars from ______;

 

obtaining of resident visas, work permits and other necessary approvals from the

relevant authorities for C or New Company's personnel, design, manufacturing,

installation and construction personnel as well as their direct relatives including the

travel in ___________;

 

the provision of all necessary approvals and permits relating to extension of the

infrastructure project and the Project facilities in order to increase

_________________production if C or New Company intends to do so;

 

the provision of all necessary security measures for construction and operation

personnel and Project facilities till the Transfer Date;

 

the provision of communications and transport facilities of the Project construction

and the operation of the infrastructure project;

 

2) the assistance in the operation of the infrastructure project.

 

3) providing C and/or New Company with free use of the Site, including but not

limited to the area of construction site, access road, transmission line right of way,

__________and etc.

 

4) the negotiation and conclusion of service agreement with

___________Government or other countries' governments jointly with C or new

Company, the People's Insurance Company of China representatives, whose presence

in the negotiation B shall ensure, and whose approval B Shall obtain;

 

5) the exportation of ________________percent of __________ produced by the

infrastructure project to __________or any third country;

 

6) the assignment of its representatives at Site and to the New Company to assist C

or New Company and make necessary coordination between B and C or New Company.

 

4.3 B ensures that the Operation Period of the Project shall be not less than

_______years. However if IRR (Inter Rate of Return) does not reach _______percent,

both parties will discuss the proper extension of the Operation Period until the year IRR

reaches _______%.

 

4.4 Conditions Precedent

 

B shall be responsible for the provision of the following documents for C to make

available any part of this Agreement within _______months from the date of signing this

Agreement and such documents shall be valid and effective to New Company:

 

1) a power guarantee issued by ___________________parliament acceptable to C

in the form defined in Annex 7, which shall be returned to B on the Transfer Date;

 

2) warranty to be issued and loan agreement to be concluded with the proposal

made by B for bearing __________percent of the Project Cost, the Bank of

______________as the loanee and __________Finance Ministry as the guarantor and

acceptable to the Bank of China and the People's Insurance Company of China, and a

letter of credit or letter of guarantee to be issued as required by the Bank of China

provided that the length of maturity is__________ years including a _______year

construction period and loan interest is ________percent per annum; B may make

earlier reimbursement;

 

3) loan guarantee and warranty for C's sharing __________% of the Project Cost

including interest of the construction period to be issued by the Bank of _____________

and ______________Finance Ministry respectively, acceptable to the People's

Insurance Company of China and the Lending Bank and valid until to the Transfer Date

(__________), providing all necessary assistance in enabling C to obtain the loan from

international prime banks;

 

4) the legal certificate issued by _____________President of Supreme Court and

the legal certificate issued by______________ Procurator General, certifying that this

Agreement shall be valid and enforceable under the laws of _____________in every

respect in the form defined in Annex 8; the certificate of approval issued by the

Government of _____________, certifying that the Project is lawful and legitimate;

 

5) B shall permit the construction machinery, material and equipment necessary for

the Project to be transported into __________via _____________by sea, and/or by

road through __________as Well as by air, ensuring facilities from the

__________border control and customs authorities.

 

4.5 B warrants and undertakes that B shall not change or permit others to change

the environment of the Site which adversely affects the construction or operation of the

Project. Such change shall include, but not limited to, _____________.

 

4.6 Buyer's Credit for B's sharing __________% of the Project Cost shall be

provided by the Chinese side, payment terms of which to C are as follows:

 

1)________% of the credit shall be paid within _________days after the date of the

conclusion of this Agreement;

 

2)_______% of the credit shall be paid by ____________;

 

3)_______% of the credit shall be paid by ____________;

 

......

 

4.7 The parties shall provide each other sufficient information that enables each

party to have a clear understanding of the principal issues that affect matters associated

with the Project.

 

4.8 The parties hereto shall mutually collaborate with each other in order to achieve

the objectives of this Agreement and the performance by each party of their respective

obligations.

 

5. New Company

 

5.1 The parties agree to establish a New Company at the time when the members of

New Company are ready to invest their portions, but before the completion of the Project

and for this purpose B shall recommend and designate a _______________entity which

will be a member of New Company. C having _____________ percent of equity, shall be

the leading company and shall appoint chairman of New Company. The remaining

portion of equity shall be shared by _______entity.

 

5.2 Design and Construction of the Project shall be executed by C. At monthly

intervals until ___________day (subject to postponement in case of______) of each

month, C shall execute a statement of a claim for progress payment based on the prices

for the construction works done in the preceding month to B and such statement shall be

the conclusive evidence proving fairness of such claim except manifest calculation error.

 

5.3 B shall make its effort to assist in registering New Company at authority

concerned in __________and to obtain all required permits or approvals from the

relating authorities in ___________.

 

5.4 New Company shall be granted the same privileged rights as those granted to C

specified in Clause 9.2 and C's obligations and responsibilities specified in this

Agreement shall be transferred to New Company and be shared by the members of New

Company.

 

The members of New Company shall describe the provisions on their rights and

responsibilities in the articles of incorporation to be made on the basis of the provisions

in this Agreement at the time of the establishment of New Company.

 

5.5 If members of New Company do not reach an agreement about any matters in

relation with the Project, the opinion and decision of the major shareholder shall be final

and binding upon the other members of New Company.

 

6. Construction of the infrastructure project

 

6.1 In pursuance of its obligations in relation with the construction of the

infrastructure project under clause 4.1, C shall do followings with its full right in

consultation with B:

 

1) to prepare detailed design and engineering in conformity with the national

standards of P.R.China in force;

 

2) to appoint consultants and professional advisers;

 

3) to purchase equipment and materials including construction equipment, the

specification of which and installation and testing shall meet the national standards of

P.R.China in force;

 

4) to appoint, organize and direct staff; manage and supervise the Project;

 

5) to enter into contracts for the supply of equipment and materials and services;

 

6) to do all other thins necessary or desirable for the completion of the

infrastructure project in accordance with the engineering standards;

 

7) to select subcontractors;

 

6.2 B shall be entitled at its own cost to monitor the progress and quality of the

construction and installation work and for this purpose C shall:

 

1) ensure that B and any experts appointed by B in connection with the Project are

afforded reasonable access to the Site provided that such access does not materially

interfere with the works;

 

2) make available copies of plans and designs for inspection at the Site;

 

3) after ________months of the completion of the Project, supply B with ______sets

of copies of "as built" drawings and other documents.

 

6.3 B shall ensure that all infrastructure requirements and utilities necessary for the

completion of the infrastructure project are made available in a timely fashion and

accordingly shall at its own cost, interalia:

 

1) give free possession of the Site to C during the construction period;

 

2) ensure that custom clearance system is available to C to import equipment and

materials for the Project without any delay and interference;

 

3) ensure that C will use electricity for construction and communication facilities in

________, the cost of the utilization of which shall be for C's account at

__________current________________ rate and shall be included in the Project Cost

as cost for construction or cost for administration as stipulated in Clause 3.2; C shall pay

_____________charge to ______________authority every other months during the

construction period;

 

4) ensure that C will build transmission line from___________ or another still nearer

place to the Site for the use of _________in construction, which will be used to transmit

_____________ from the infrastructure project after the completion of the Project;

 

5) jointly with C negotiate with _______________or other countries'governments to

take necessary actions for the ___________________to be connected, received and

supplied in those countries through the proper transmission line without any interference

at the time of completion of the Project.

 

6.4 B shall ensure that during construction period C shall be granted the exemption

of

 

1) customs duties, government taxes and local levies relating to the importation of

all kinds of equipment and materials such as generating equipment, construction

equipment, vehicles including cars, jeeps, etc., tools, construction materials and other

goods for the construction of the infrastructure project as well as accommodation

facilities;

 

2) company sales tax, income tax and so on to be imposed on C construction

activities for the Project in _____________by the _____________authorities.

 

7. Project Schedule

 

7.1 The parties shall work together in order to endeavour to achieve the timely

completion of the Project in accordance with the Project Schedule as Annex 4 according

to which the construction period shall be _________years from the commencement

date. However, C may extend the construction period upon the agreement of B.

 

7.2 The commencement date shall be the ______day after _______months from

the Effective Date of this Agreement provided that C can start work for access road,

survey, investigation, clean-up work around the site, etc. before the commencement

date. However, if C commences construction work in accordance with the provision of

Clause 9.1, the commencement date shall be the date where C materially starts the

construction work, which shall be notified to B by C.

 

7.3 Upon substantial completion of the infrastructure project, C may request to New

Company or its representative that the infrastructure project has successfully completed

its testing and that accordingly the Completion Date has occurred.

 

7.4 If there is a variation to the Project and such variation affects the construction

time of the infrastructure project, then C shall get the approval of B to extend the

construction period, B shall not unreasonably withhold its approval.

 

8. Testing

 

8.1 The parties shall meet and agree procedures and a programme for the testing

of the infrastructure project in accordance with the Chinese standards.

 

8.2 C shall give to B ________days' notice of its intention to commence any testing.

 

8.3 B and/or its experts shall be entitled to be present at testing which is agreed

upon by the parties.

 

8.4 Forthwith upon the completion of any testing, C shall request to New Compafy

or its representative whether or not the infrastructure project has satisfied such test and

shall provide B with a copy of such certificate.

 

9. Effective Date and Privileged Right

 

9.1 This Agreement shall become in full force and effect as of the date of signing

this Agreement provided that C has the right of reserving the fulfillment of its obligations

until the fulfillment of the following conditions:

 

1) Handing over the Site to C free from rental charge and issuing by B of the letter

to that effect valid till the expiration of BOT;

 

2) Fulfillment of the provisions of Clause 4.4.

 

Upon execution and signing of this Agreement, B's right to terminate the Exclusive.

Right provided in the Memorandum mentioned in the preamble of this Agreement shall

Lapse.

 

9.2 C shall be given following privileged rights in written document from the

authorities concerned by the arrangement of B thereof and the same privileged rights

shall be transferred to or enjoyed concurrently by New Company as the case may be,

when it is established.

 

1) Approved by the Bank of the __________________and the _________Finance

Ministry for:

 

the repatriation of C's investment including, but not limited to, the profits of such

investment in US Dollars.

 

2) The Government of _______________approval of the employment of foreign

nationals in supervisory, technical and advisory positions and for the positions of

chairman, treasurer and general manager or their equivalent until the Transfer Date.

 

3) Other national and local approvals as may be necessary to proceed with the

Project.

 

4) Approval of tax exemption as below by the authorities concerned in __________:

 

Full exemption of customs duties and other levies (if any) throughout BOT period for

the importation of equipment, materials, construction machinery and other goods for the

Project;

 

_____________percent exemption of profit tax, additional tax, local tax, and

business tax for ______years starting from the first profit-making year and

_________percent profit tax exemption for the subsequent years.

 

5) Free remittance of investment including, but not limited to, the profits of such

investment in US Dollars and/or receipt of payments or sales proceeds in US Dollars,

without withholding tax, remittance tax or any other taxes leviable under________ laws.

 

6) The approval by the relevant _________________Government agencies for the

immediate importation into _____________of all equipment for the Project.

 

7) C shall register its subsidiary or affiliated or associated companies in

_____________. A certificate of Registration issued by the B in relation to the Project,

confirming that C including its subsidiary or affiliated or associated companies is a

registered enterprise under the Law on Foreign Investment in the __________.

 

8) Free remittance abroad of the remuneration in US Dollars with exemption from

individual income tax, remittance tax or any other taxes thereon.

 

10. Operation of the infrastructure project

 

10.1 New Company shall be responsible for the management, operation,

maintenance, repair and overhaul of the infrastructure project during the Operation

Period, namely ______years from the starting date of commercial operation of the

infrastructure project and shall use its best endeavours to ensure the infrastructure

project is in good condition and capable of producing _______in a safe and stable

manner. The extension of the above mentioned Operation Period shall be discussed by

both parties if the____ percent IRR is not accomplished within __________years'

Operation Period.

 

10.2 In order to undertake necessary overhaul, maintenance, inspection and repair,

New Company shall perform downtime each year from the Completion Date.

 

10.3 In pursuance of its obligation under Clause 10.1, New company shall have full

right to:

 

1) enter into contracts for the supply of material and services including purchase of

replacement equipment and participate in negotiations on operation and service

agreement conclusion;

 

2) appoint, organize and direct staff; manage and supervise the infrastructure

project;

 

3) establish and maintain regular inspection, maintenance and overhaul

procedures;

 

4) do all other things necessary or desirable for the operation of the infrastructure

project;

 

10.4 B and New Company shall, from time to time, meet and discuss and agree

safety guidelines for the operation of the infrastructure project.

 

10.5 New Company shall operate the infrastructure project in accordance with all

__________and local laws and regulations in force at the date of signing this

Agreement.

 

If any changes or new legislations of laws and regulations would:

 

1) result in the infrastructure project being unable to operate in normal conditions;

 

2) result in the interest of New Company being materially reduced, prejudiced or

otherwise adversely affected;

 

Then the parties shall meet and endeavour to agree on amendments to this

Agreement.

 

10.6 B shall be entitled to appoint and allocate its experts agencies to monitor the

operation of the infrastructure project by New Company at B's cost and expense. The

monitoring shall not interfere the ordinary operation of the infrastructure project by New

Company.

 

11. Supply of Service offered by the Infrastructure project

 

11.1 New Company shall supply the produced _________________to

___________or other countries as stipulated therein. In case that the power purchaser

is other country than _____________, a service agreement shall be concluded.

 

11.2 If B intends to distribute part of the produced_________ to local market on

demand, B shall use such ______________as royalty stipulated in Clause 12.4 and if B

needs more _____________than that of royalty portion it shall be agreed upon by New

Company to that effect provided that, in such case, _______________charge shall be

paid to New Company in US Dollars as stipulated in Clause 12.

12. Service Charge and Income Distribution

 

12.1 In order to accomplish the purposes specified in Clauses 4.2.4), 4.2.5), 6.3.4)

and 11.1, B shall undertake responsibility for the negotiation with ________Government

and the conclusion of service agreement. B shall provide such information and data as

useful and necessary for the negotiation and appoint a person to cooperate with the

representatives from C or New Company and the People's Insurance Company of China

in charge of the negotiation.

 

The persons in charge shall do their duty according to the procedures as below:

 

1) to submit basic concept and overall plan of the Project within _______days from

the date of singing this Agreement;

 

2) to start detailed technical negotiation and discussion on the rate of service

charge within _________days from the date of signing this Agreement;

 

3) to conclude relevant matters and enter into service agreement within

_______months from the date of signing this Agreement.

 

C or New Company shall fully assist and support B and provide all technical data,

information and materials, etc. necessary for the negotiation. In case that the parties

send a delegation to negotiate with a service purchaser, they should appoint the person

or persons who are competent for the delegation at all points in experience and

specialty.

 

12.2 B and C or New Company agree as a negotiation point that payment for

_________export shall be received on monthly basis and directly to New Company's

bank account in_________ denominated by New Company in US Dollars without any

withholding taxes or fees.

 

12.3 Income from sales of _______shall be distributed by C, the leading company of

New Company, in the following order of priority:

 

1) Royalty to B stipulated in Clause 12.4;

 

2) Operation and maintenance cost;

 

3) Loan principal and interest to construct the infrastructure project;

 

4) Dividend to the members of New Company.

 

The parties agree and acknowledge to cause New Company not to make any

deduction of depreciation or establishment of any reserves and to ensure payment of

principal and interest to construct the infrastructure project after the payment of the

items specified in Clauses I) and 2).

 

The People's Insurance Company of China will act as the undertaker of the export

credit insurance and treasurer of the New Company during the repayment period to

ensure the reimbursement of the loan principal and interest.

 

12.4 The amount of income to be distributed to B and the members of New

Company shall be calculated by using as reference the Basic Case-Annex 1.

 

The proportion of the amount payable to B as royalty shall be as below and

readjusted based on the service agreement and the Project Cost:

 

___________percent during the first __________years of the Operation Period:

 

____________percent during the remaining years of the Operation Period.

 

The above mentioned royalty to B covers, but not limited to, B's provision of C or

New Company's free use of the Site, technical assistance, administrative arrangement

and support and other assistance and support specified in this Agreement.

 

12.5 In case that main equipment should be replaced, the members of New

Company shall agree to increase their investment amount in the proportion of their

share to New Company for the procurement and installation of that replacing equipment.

Cost for replacement parts and equipment of which durable year, determined by the

internationally accepted accounting principle, exceeds Transfer Date, shall be shared

between B and New Company in proportion of the years beyond Transfer Date and the

years falling within Transfer Date.

 

13. Transfer of Ownership

 

13.1 Before the establishment of New Company, C and B shall be the proprietary

owners of the infrastructure project or any part thereof during the construction period

and/or the Operation Period and shall possess and exercise all rights, privileges, titles to

and interests in the infrastructure project. Such ownership shall be shared by the

members of New Company until the Transfer Date in proportion of the percentage of

their share of equity when New Company is established.

 

B acknowledges such ownership and guarantees that such ownership shall be

respected and protected by B under the laws of ___________and B shall make

resolutions, issue orders or execute any action which is required to protect such

ownership. B guarantees that under any circumstance or for any cause, the ownership

of the infrastructure project and other assets of C or New Company, during construction

or after Completion Date, shall not be condemned, confiscated, nationalized or restricted

by B unless C or New Company abandons the Project.

 

Abandonment in this Clause means that i) C or New Company notifies B of their

definite intent to neglect the infrastructure project and ii) C or New Company's neglect of

the infrastructure project lasts more than _____________months without cause.

 

During the construction period and/or operation period, C or New Company shall at

its own discretion and necessity cause a lien or encumbrance to be created on the

infrastructure project and other facilities forming the Project, and B shall not raise any

objection thereto.

 

13.2 On the Transfer Date New Company shall transfer to B, free from any lien or

encumbrance created by New Company and without the payment of any compensation,

all its right, title to and interest in the infrastructure project, unless otherwise specified in

the Agreement or any supplementary agreement.

 

13.3 __________year prior to the Transfer Date, B and New Company shall discuss

the necessary procedure for the transfer of the infrastructure project and ______months

prior to the Transfer Date, B and New Company shall meet and agree the inventories

involved and the mechanics of transfer.

 

13.4 The infrastructure project and all other equipment transferred pursuant to

Clause 13 shall be transferred on an "as is" basis and after the Transfer Date New

Company shall be under no liability whatsoever to B in respect of the operation of the

infrastructure project by B or a person designated by B.

 

13.5 B shall be responsible for all costs and expenses ( including legal fees and

taxes or duties) incurred in connection with the transfer referred in Clause 13 and shall

at its own cost obtain or effect all governmental and other approvals, licenses,

registrations and filings and take such other actions as may be necessary for the

transfer contemplated in Clause 13, and reimburse New Company on demand for all

such costs and expenses incurred by New Company in respect of such transfer.

 

14. Liability

 

14.1 C or New Company shall be under no responsibility or liability to compensate

any damages except direct damages incurred due to material breach of its obligations

under this Agreement.

 

14.2 In circumstance provided above in Clause 14.1 C or New Company shall, at its

sole option and discretion, be entitled to transfer to B all or part of C or New Company's

proprietary rights and ownership of the infrastructure project, under construction or after

Completion Date, as liquidated damages, in lieu of computing and compensating the

actual damages provided that such transfer shall be conducted of C's own free will or

rendered in the arbitration award as stipulated in clause 23. However, any transfer shall

be subject to the confirmation and approval of the People's Insurance Company of

China and the lending bank.

 

In above case, C or New Company's liability to B shall be limited to transfer of the

proprietary right and ownership of the infrastructure project and B's claim against C or

New Company demanding the damages shall be extinguished and nullified.

 

15. Documents and Patents

 

15.1 Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as transferring any

patent or copyright in equipment covered by the Agreement and all such rights are

hereby expressly reserved to the true and lawful owners thereof. C or New Company

shall retain all rights with respect to the specifications, plans, drawings and other

documents and B undertakes not to disclose the same or divulge any information

contained therein to any third country without the prior written consent of C or New

Company.

 

15.2 All commercial and technical documents such as agreements and proposals

pertinent to the Project shall be kept confidential. B undertakes not to disclose the same

or divulge any information contained therein to any third country or party without prior

written consent of C or New Company.

 

16. Force Majeure

 

16.1 No failure or omission to carry out or observe any or the terms, provisions or

conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be breach of this Agreement if the

same is caused by or arises out of Acts of God or any conditions of similar nature

beyond reasonable control of C or New Company, including, but not limited to, the

following:

 

a. war, hostilities (whether war be declared or not), invasion, act of foreign enemies;

 

b. rebellion, revolution, insurrection, or military or usurped power, or civil war;

 

c. ionizing radiation, or contamination by radio-activity from any nuclear fuel, or from

any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel, radio-active toxic explosive, or

other hazardous properties of any explosive nuclear assembly or nuclear component

thereof;

 

d. pressure waves caused by aircraft or other aerial devices traveling at sonic or

supersonic speeds;

 

e. riot, commotion, disorder, strike, sabotage, lockout or any other industrial action

by employees affecting C or New Company or their subcontractors;

 

f. export or import restrictions by any governmental authorities, closing of harbours,

docks, canals;

 

g. fire, unusual flood, earthquake, mud avalanche, collapse, landslide, storm,

lightning or any other unreasonably severe weather;

 

h. accidents of navigation or breakdown or injury of vessels;

 

i. epidemic, quarantine;

 

j. shortage of raw materials, unforeseen shut-down of major sources of supply;

 

k. unreasonable delay of more than _________days in unloading ships and

clearing systems;

 

l. concealed conditions encountered below the surface of the Site.

 

16.2 Notwithstanding Clause 16.1, B shall not be entitled to claim for itself in respect

of any Force Majeure in Clause 16.1.

 

16.3 The party invoking Force Majeure shall:

 

a. notify the other parties as soon as possible in writing the nature of the Force

Majeure and the extent to which the Force Majeure suspends the affected party's

obligations under this Agreement; and

 

b. resume performance of its obligations as soon as possible after the Force

Majeure condition no longer exists.

 

16.4 If the Force Majeure applies prior to the Completion Date, the parties will meet

to discuss a revised timetable for the completion of the Project.

 

16.5 If the Force Majeure applies during the Operation Period, the Operation Period

shall be extended by a period equal to that during which the effect of the Force Majeure

applies.

 

16.6 Notwithstanding Clauses 16.4 and 16.5, if the Force Majeure lasts for a period

in excess of ____________days, the parties hereto will meet to discuss the basis and

terms upon which this Agreement can be continued and if the parties conclude that this

Agreement cannot be continued, then the parties shall discuss the solution to reduce

their loss.

 

16.7 The parties hereto will consult with each other and take all reasonable steps to

minimize the losses of either party resulting from the Force Majeure.

 

16.8 If any event of the Force Majeure occurs which causes damage to the Project

or the infrastructure project, then C or New Company shall not be obliged to reinstate

the same, or, as the case may be, complete the same, until the parties hereto have

agreed upon the terms for such reinstatement or completion.

 

17. Insurance

 

C or New Company shall take out insurance required for the construction or

operation of the infrastructure project.

 

18. Change in Circumstances

 

In the event that as a result of any laws or regulations of ___________or any

agency or other body under the control of the Government of ____________or any

regional or municipal authority thereof, coming into effect after the date hereof or as a

result of any such laws or regulations (including any official interpretation thereof C has

relied upon in entering into this Agreement) in force at the date hereof being amended,

modified or repealed, the interest of C in the Site, the Project or the infrastructure

project and/or C's economic return on its investment is materially reduced, prejudiced or

otherwise adversely affected (including, without limitation, any restriction on the ability to

remit funds in US Dollars outside of_____________) then the parties hereto shall meet

and endeavour to agree amendments to this Agreement.

 

19. Notices

 

Any notice to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be

delivered personally or sent by registered mail, telex or facsimile transmission to the

following:

 

To B:_______________.

 

Address: _________________.

 

Telephone: __________________.

 

Facsimile: ________________.

 

To C:_____________.

 

Address: __________.

 

Telephone: ___________.

 

Facsimile: _________.

 

Any party may change such address or attention by not less than _______days'

notice to the other party in accordance herewith and such change shall take effect on

receipt of such notice by the other party.

 

20. Dispute Resolution

 

20.1 Throughout the term of this Agreement representatives of the parties shall

meet regularly at not less than semi-yearly intervals to discuss the progress of the

Project and the operation of the infrastructure project in order to ensure that the

arrangement between the parties hereto proceeds on a mutually satisfactory basis.

 

The operation of the infrastructure project in order to ensure that the arrangement

between the parties hereto proceeds on a mutually satisfactory basis.

 

20.2 The parties hereto agree that in the event that there is any dispute or

difference between them arising out of this Agreement or in the interpretation of any of

the provisions hereof they shall endeavour to meet in an effort to resolve such dispute

by discussion between them but failing such resolution the representatives of parties

shall meet to resolve such dispute or difference and the joint decision by them shall be

binding upon the parties hereto and in the event that a settlement of any such dispute or

difference is not reached pursuant to this Clause then provisions of Clause 23 shall

apply.

 

20.3 In the event any dispute should arise between the parties as to any technical

matter in regard to the construction or operation of the infrastructure project, design and

production standards shall be provided and the case shall forthwith be referred to the

expert chosen by agreement of both parties. Subject to arbitration, as hereinafter

provided, such decision shall be final and binding upon the parties.

 

if the expert fails to render his decision within such_________ days or if either of

the parties is dissatisfied with any such decision, the party may, within ______days after

the expiration of the first-named period of _______days or after receiving notice of such

decision, as the case may be, refer the dispute to arbitration as provided in Clause 23.

 

21. Waiver of Sovereign Immunity

 

B represents and warrants that this Agreement is the commercial rather than public

or governmental act and that B waives its right to claim immunity from legal proceedings

with respect to itself or any of its assets on the ground of sovereignty or otherwise under

any law or in any jurisdiction whether an action may be brought for the enforcement of

any of the obligations arising under this Agreement.

 

22. Law and Language

 

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of

____________except technical specifications. This Agreement has six (6) originals in

____________language and each party holds three (3).

 

 

23. Arbitration

 

All disputes, controversies, or differences which may arise between the parties, out

of or in relation to or in connection with this Agreement, or for the breach thereof shall

be settled through amicable consultation. If three occasions of consultation fail to settle,

the Agreement on Mutual Encouragement and Protection of Investment between the

Government of the People's Republic of China and the Government of

______________________shall apply. In case the issue remains to be settled, it shall

be finally settled by arbitration pursuant to the Rules of Conciliation and Arbitration of

the International Chamber of Commerce, by three (3) arbitrators designated in

accordance with the said Rules.

 

Arbitration shall be held in ______________and shall use the

____________language.

 

The award rendered by arbitrators shall be final and binding upon the parties

concerned.

 

In witness whereof, the parties hereto have caused their respective duly authorized

representatives to execute the Agreement on the ______day of _______in the year of

________. For and on behalf of the B For and on behalf of the C Annex (sketch

 

 

 Uranium Ore Concentrates Sale Agreement



    cnexamw.com    308    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

Agreement between

 

Uranium Seller

 

and

 

Uranium Buyer

 

for the sale of

natural uranium ore concentrates

 

 

 

Uranium Ore Concentrates Sale Agreement

 

THIS URANIUM ORE CONCENTRATES SALE AGREEMENT is made and entered into as

of __________, 2000 between Uranium Seller, a company organised and existing under

the laws of Uranus (herein referred to as Seller), and Uranium Buyer, a corporation

organised under the laws of ???.(herein referred to as Buyer), referred to herein

individually as Party and collectively as Parties as the context requires.

 

1.Quantity

 

Seller shall sell and deliver, or cause to be delivered, and Buyer shall purchase, take

delivery of, and pay for a quantity of ???? (???,???) lbs of natural uranium ore

concentrates (herein called U3O8) The U3O8 shall be of ?? origin, Euratom Obligation

Code ? and shall be legal for import into and consumption in the United States in the

form of natural U3O8 without tariff or duty, and without any restriction on its sale or use.

 

2.Delivery

 

Seller shall deliver the U3O8 to Buyer by means of a book transfer to Buyer’s account at

Uranium Converter on ???. The U3O8 shall have been physically delivered to and

accepted by Uranium Converter without any condition or surcharge.Delivery by book

transfer shall be deemed to have occurred upon receipt by Buyer of a written

confirmation from Uranium Converter that the U3O8 has been transferred to Buyer’s

account.

 

3.Purchase Price and Payment

 

3.1Buyer shall pay to Seller for each lb of U3O8 delivered a price of US-Dollars ??.??

(herein referred to as Purchase Price). The Purchase Price includes all costs associated

with the U3O8 prior to and concurrent with delivery in accordance with Section 2 hereof.

 

3.2Buyer shall pay to Seller 100 per cent of the Purchase Price multiplied by the number

of lbs U3O8 delivered, by wire transfer to a bank and account designated by Seller no

later than 30 working days after receipt of confirmation from Uranium Converter of the

delivery and receipt of a timely invoice to be sent by Seller to Buyer.

 

4.Warranties

 

4.1Seller warrants to Buyer that Seller possesses or will possess such ownership and/or

other rights to the U3O8 that Seller can legally sell and deliver the U3O8to Buyer.

Seller warrants to Buyer that the U3O8 will meet Uranium Converter’s standard

specifications for U3O8 in effect as of the date of the delivery.

 

4.2Seller warrants to Buyer that title to the U3O8 will be transferred to Buyer free from

any charge, lien, mortgage, adverse claim against title, or encumbrance, whatsoever.

 

4.3Seller further warrants that no portion of the U3O8 has been or shall be obtained

under or through any arrangement, swap or exchange designed to circumvent the

export limits of the Suspension Agreements, as amended, which have been entered into

and are still in force on the date of delivery between the United States Department of

Commerce and the Republics of Kyrgystan, Russia and Uzbekistan concerning the

import of uranium into the Unites States of America, or any other applicable laws or

regulations.

 

5.Title and Risk of Loss

 

Title to the U3O8 and, as between Seller and Buyer, all risks of loss of or damage to

such U3O8, shall pass from Seller to Buyer upon delivery as per Section 2 hereof.

 

6.Delays

 

In the event of any delay in the performance by Seller of its obligations hereunder, Seller

shall immediately notify Buyer of such delay and there shall follow consultation between

the Parties as to how best to overcome and minimize the delay.

 

7.Assignment

 

No right or obligation of either party under this Agreement may be assigned to any third

party without the prior written consent of the other Party hereto, which consent shall not

be unreasonably withheld.

 

8.Taxes

 

The Purchase Price includes all taxes imposed on the U3O8 to be delivered hereunder,

while title to such U3O8 remains with Seller, as well as any taxes imposed on or with

reference to the performance of Seller's obligations hereunder. Buyer shall be

responsible for all sales or use taxes imposed on the U3O8 coincident with or

subsequent to transfer of title to such U3O8 to Buyer.

 

9.Governmental Authorisations, Laws and Regulations, Regulatory Approval.

 

Each Party hereto shall obtain, or cause to be obtained, any and all licenses or other

authorisations, that may be lawfully required by any governmental agency in order that

the transfer of its uranium as contemplated herein may occur and that the obligations of

the respective Parties can be performed hereunder.

 

10.Safeguards

 

10.1On the territory of the Member States of the European Atomic Energy Community

(EURATOM), the material under the scope of this Agreement as well as products derived

therefrom shall be subject to the safeguards provisions of the EURATOM Treaty and the

relevant regulations of the Commission of the European Communities as well as the

related agreements entered into by the European Atomic Energy Community, the

Member States and the International Atomic Energy Agency/Vienna. Moreover, the

relevant safeguards provisions contained in the international agreements concluded by

the European Atomic Energy Community will apply, as the case may be.

 

10.2If exported from the Community, the material and products derived therefrom shall

be subject to the obligation of exclusive use for peaceful non-explosive purposes and

the IAEA safeguards.

 

11.Event of Force Majeure

 

11.1Subject to Section 11.2, if performance of this Agreement or of any obligation

hereunder by either Party is prevented through any cause arising from or due to

circumstances beyond its reasonable control (hereinafter called "Force Majeure"), which

circumstances shall include but not be limited to war, hostile or criminal act, revolution,

riot, civil commotion, blockade, embargo, act or restraint of government or damage by

fire, flood, explosion or natural catastrophe, it shall upon giving notice to the other

indicating the cause and likely duration of non-performance:

 

11.1.1be excused from such performance to such extent and for such period as may be

reasonably necessary in the circumstances; and

 

11.1.2have no responsibility to the other party for the financial or other consequences of

non-performance.

 

11.2The Parties shall consult together as soon as practicable after receipt of the

aforementioned notice with the object of reaching agreement on any means by which the

cause or consequence of non-performance may be overcome or alleviated.

 

11.3In the event that the period of Force Majeure continues for more than 3 months

then the Party not having declared Force Majeure may terminate this Agreement by

giving thirty days written notice to the other Party.

 

12.Limitation of Liability.

 

In no event shall either Party be liable to the other Party whether in contract, tort

(including negligence) or otherwise for incidental, special, economic, indirector

consequential damages arising out of or in connection with the performance or

non-performance of its obligations under this Agreement including such damages as

aforesaid as may be reasonably foreseeable at the date hereof.

 

13.Applicable Law

 

This Agreement shall in all respects be governed by the Laws of ???.

 

 

 

14.Confidentiality

 

This Agreement contains confidential business information (including, but not limited to,

price, terms and conditions) the disclosure of which could cause substantial damage to

either Party. The existence of and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be

subject to strict confidence and neither this Agreement nor the information contained

herein may be disclosed to any third parties (including consultants or advisors retained

by either Party) without the express written consent of the other Party. Furthermore,

neither Party shall report any information related to this transaction in any market report

nor disclose or report same to any industry reporting organization or company.

 

15.Notices

 

15.1All notices or other communication required or which may be given hereunder shall

be addressed and forwarded as follows:

 

If to Seller:Uranium Seller

 

Attn:

Fax:

 

If to Buyer: Uranium Buyer

 

Attn:

Fax:

 

15.2Any notice, invoice, or other communication hereunder shall be deemed to have

been properly transmitted when sent by mail, facsimile, e-mail, or any other form of

written communication, and shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

16.Waiver

 

The waiver by either Party of a breach or default of any of the provisions of this

Agreement by the other Party shall not be construed as a waiver of any succeeding

breach of the same or other provision nor shall any delay or omission on the part of

either Party to exercise or avail itself of any right, power or privilege it has or may have

hereunder operate as a waiver of any breach or default by the other Party.

 

17.Invalidity and Severability

 

If any provision of this Agreement shall be found by any court or administrative body of

competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the invalidity or unenforceability of

such provision shall not effect the other provisions of this Agreement and all provisions

not affected by such invalidity or unenforceability shall remain in full force and effect.

The Parties hereby agree to attempt to substitute for any invalid or unenforceable

provision a valid or enforceable provision which achieves to the greatest extent possible

the economic, legal and commercial objectives of the invalid or unenforceable provision.

 

18.Arbitration

 

All disputes, differences or questions between the Parties to this Agreement with respect

to any matter or thing arising out of or relating to this Agreement which the Parties

themselves can not resolve shall be finally settled in ??? under the Rules of Conciliation

and Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one or more arbitrators

appointed in accordance with the said Rules. The hearing shall be conducted in the

English language.

 

19.Entire Agreement

 

This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the Parties and supersedes all

other prior negotiations, undertakings, notes, memoranda, and agreements, whether

written or oral, concerning the subject matter hereof. No amendment, modification, or

extensions of this Agreement or waiver of any of the terms and conditions hereof shall

be binding upon either Party unless it is executed in writing by both Parties.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement by their

authorised representatives, respectively, as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

Uranium Seller

 

 

By: By:

 

Name: Name:

 

Title:Title:

 

 

Uranium Buyer

 

 

By: By:

 

Name: Name:

 

Title:Title:

 

 

 ENTERTAINMENT CONTRACT



    cnexamw.com    318    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

ENTERTAINMENT CONTRACT BETWEEN

 

MIDDLE TENNESSEE STATE UNIVERSITY &

 

 

This contract, made this___ day of _________, 2____, by and between Middle

Tennessee State University (Institution) and____________(Contractor).

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS the Institution desires to purchase and the Contractor desires to provide

certain entertainment services, the parties hereby agree to the terms and conditions set

forth herein.

 

1.The Contractor will provide entertainment consisting of

_________________________.

 

2.The entertainment will be provided at Institution’s facilities located at

_______________.

 

3.Entertainment performance will begin at __________________________.

 

4.Institution will provide additional access to its facilities as follows: access to theatre and

dressing rooms as agreed upon in attached contract addendum.

 

5.Institution will be responsible for providing the following equipment/services: sound,

lighting and electrical service as required.

 

6.The Contractor will be responsible for providing the following equipment/services:

(sound, lighting, security, etc.)

 

7.Institution shall make payment to the Contractor by University check in the amount of

__________; made payable to ________ (EIN#______________) upon completion of

the entertainment performance.

 

8.The Institution shall be responsible for any applicable amusement or sales tax.

 

9.The Contractor warrants that no part of the total contract amount provided herein shall

be paid directly or indirectly to any officer or employee of the State of Tennessee as

wages, compensation, or gifts in exchange for acting as officer, agent, employee,

subcontractor, or consultant to the contractor in connection with any services performed

relative to this contract. The Contractor further warrants that within the past six months

he has not been and during the terms of this contract will not become an employee of

the State of Tennessee.

 

10.The Institution reserves the right to interrupt or terminate the entertainment, or any

portion thereof, if during the entertainment performance, the Institution determines, in its

sole discretion, that such action is warranted to maintain security or compliance with

Federal, State or local laws or regulations of Tennessee Board of Regents policy. Such

action, in and of itself, shall not affect the Institution’s obligation for payment under the

terms of this contract; provided, however, that payment may be withheld if such

interruption or termination is necessary due to a failure by the Contractor to observe

Institution policies of which it has been informed.

 

11.The Contractor agrees to assume full responsibility for payment of any and all

copyright royalties due for the entertainment performance provided hereunder. The

Contractor further agrees to assume full responsibility for any copyright infringement

which occurs during the course of said performance and agrees to indemnify and hold

the Institution harmless from any and all liabilities and damages arising out of any action

for copyright infringement.

 

12.No person on the grounds of race, color, religion, sex, creed, age, disability, national

origin, or veteran status will be excluded from participation in, or be denied benefits of,

or otherwise be subjected to discrimination in the performance of this agreement or in

the employment practices of the Contractor.

 

13.The Contractor shall maintain documentation for all charges against the Institution

under this Agreement. The books, records, and documents of the Contractor, insofar as

they relate to work performed or money received under this agreement, shall be

maintained for a period of three full years from the date of the final payment, and shall

be subject to audit, at any reasonable time and upon notice, by the Institution or the

Comptroller of the Treasury, or their duly appointed representatives.

 

14.The undersigned agent on behalf of the Contractor, warrants that he/she has the

authority to execute this agreement on behalf of the performing artists and further

warrants that the performing artists have agreed to be bound by the terms and

conditions stated herein.

 

15.Any and all claims against the Institution for personal injury or property damage

resulting from the negligence of the Institution in performing any responsibilities

specifically required under the terms of the agreement shall be submitted to the Claims

Commission of the State of Tennessee in the manner prescribed by law. Damages

recoverable against Institution shall be limited expressly to claims paid by the Claims

Commission pursuant to T.C.A. Section 9-8-301 et seq.

 

 

IN WITNESS THEREOF, the parties, through their authorized representatives, have

affixed their signatures below.

 

SEE ATTACHMENTS

 

MIDDLE TENNESSEE STATE UNIVERSITY CONTRACTOR

 

 

By:___________________________ By:___________________________________

John W. Cothern, Vice President

Business & Finance

 

 

 CONTRACT FOR SALE OF AUTOMOBILE



    cnexamw.com    343    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

CONTRACT FOR SALE OF AUTOMOBILE

 

 

 

_________________ (the "Seller") agrees to sell to ___________________ (the

"Buyer")

 

the (make, model, and year of vehicle) (the "Vehicle"), vehicle identification number

_____________, in consideration for and pursuant to the following terms:

 

The date of the sale of the Vehicle shall be _______________.

The total purchase price of the Vehicle shall be __________________________ dollars

($_________).

On the day of the sale, the Buyer shall pay to the Seller the total purchase price of the

Vehicle by cashier’s check, money order, or cash.

The Seller shall provide to the Buyer the following documents upon receipt of the total

purchase price on the day of the sale: the Certificate of Title, the current Registration, a

Bill of Sale and Odometer Disclosure Statement, and a current smog certificate. The

Seller shall be responsible for paying all past due registration fees and shall deliver the

Vehicle to Buyer with a current registration and a clear title. The Seller also shall

arrange to have all necessary smog inspections performed, at the Seller’s expense,

before the day of the sale.

The Vehicle is sold "as is," and the Seller makes no express or implied warranties as to

the condition or performance of the Vehicle.

The Buyer shall register the Vehicle in his/her name with the California Department of

Motor Vehicles within one week of the date of the sale.

 

Executed this ______ day of __________, 199___, at _________________, California.

 

 

 

 

 

____________________________

 

Seller

 

 

 

 

 

____________________________

Buyer

 

 

 聘(雇)用契约书(中英文)



    cnexamw.com    337    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

中央研究院 所(处)、研究中心聘(雇)用契约书

 

 

Employment Agreement (with contribution benefit )

 

 

 

 

 

中央研究院 所(处)(以下简称甲方)为应业务需要,聘(雇)用 先生(女士

(以下简称乙方)为约聘(雇)人员,双方订立契约条款如左:

 

 

This Agreement is made and entered into on the _______ day of ________ , ________

by and between __________________ ( Institute or Preparatory Office ), Academia

Sinica ( hereinafter referred to as “A” ) and ____________ ( hereinafter “B” ).

 

 

Whereas, A is willing to offer B employment, and B is willing to accept such employment

subject to the following terms and conditions

 

 

 

 

 

一、聘(雇)用期间:自年月日起至中华民国年

月日止。

 

 

1. Term of Employment

 

 

The parties agree that the term of this agreement shall be commencing from this

_________ day of ________ , _________ to the _______ day of _______ , _________

.

 

 

 

 

 

二、聘(雇)用报酬:甲方按月支给乙方报酬 薪点(折合新台币 元)

 

 

2. Remuneration

 

 

A shall pay B a salary of N.T.____________ per month.

 

 

 

 

 

三、工作内容(具体叙明):

 

 

3. B’s duties ( in specific description )

 

 

B’s duties shall include

__________________________________________________________________

 

 

_____________________________________________________________________

_______________________________________________________________

 

 

__________________________________________________________________

 

 

 

 

四、受聘(雇)责任:

 

 

4. B’s Obligations and Termination

 

 

乙方受聘(雇)后须确保甲方公务机密,有保密期限者从其规定,无保密期限者自离职日

起三年为限(解聘(雇)者亦同)。乙方不得有不法行为或违背约定义务,如有违背者,

除涉及民、刑事责任,由甲方依法追究外,并得随时解聘(雇)。

 

 

4.1 B shall handle in a confidential manner all matters relating to A’s business. This

confidentiality obligation shall remain effective during the period specified in the

regulations or working rules concerned. In case that no time period is specified, it

remains effective for successive three (3) years’ terms after B’s termination of this

employment.

 

 

In the event that B violates any law or regulation, or breaches this Agreement or working

rules concerned, A may in its discretion reprimand B or terminate this Agreement. A also

reserves the right to institute suit against B for civil compensation or to impose criminal

liability.

 

 

在聘(雇)用期间,乙方愿接受与甲方约定之工作上的指派调遣,并遵守此工作上之相关

规定。若乙方违背上述相关规定确属情节重大,甲方得随时终止契约;甲、乙双方如因特

别事故须提前终止契约时,应于一个月前提出预告,经甲、乙双方协议后乙方始得离职。

乙方离职时,应先依照规定办妥离职手续。如有损害公物,或侵权情事(或违反甲方智能

财产权规定),应负责赔偿。

 

 

4.2 During the term of this Agreement, B shall comply with the directions and instructions

of his/her supervisors, perform his/her duties in accordance with all regulations and

relevant working rules. Where B violates any obligation

 

 

 英文合同范文(中英文



    cnexamw.com    629    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

CONTRACT

 

 

 

 

 

日期: 合同号码:

 

 

 

 

 

Date: Contract No.:

 

 

 

 

 

方: (The Buyers) 卖方: (The Sellers)

 

 

 

 

 

兹经买卖双方同意按照以下条款由买方购进,卖方售出以下商品:

 

 

 

 

 

This contract is made by and between the Buyers and the Sellers; whereby the Buyers

agree to buy and the Sellers agree to sell the under-mentioned goods subject to the

terms and conditions as stipulated hereinafter:

 

 

 

 

 

(1) 商品名称:

 

 

 

 

 

Name of Commodity

 

 

 

 

 

(2) 量:

 

 

 

 

 

Quantity:

 

 

 

 

 

(3) 价:

 

 

 

 

 

Unit price:

 

 

 

 

 

(4) 值:

 

 

 

 

 

Total Value:

 

 

 

 

 

(5) 装:

 

 

 

 

 

Packing:

 

 

 

 

 

(6) 生产国别:

 

 

 

 

 

Country of Origin :

 

 

 

 

 

(7) 支付条款:

 

 

 

 

 

Terms of Payment:

 

 

 

 

 

(8) 险:

 

 

 

 

 

insurance:

 

 

 

 

 

(9) 装运期限:

 

 

 

 

 

Time of Shipment:

 

 

 

 

 

(10) 港:

 

 

 

 

 

Port of Lading:

 

 

 

 

 

(11) 港:

 

 

 

 

 

Port of Destination:

 

 

 

 

 

(12)索赔:在货到目的口岸45天内如发现货物品质,规格和数量与合同不附,除属保险公

司或船方

 

 

 

 

 

责任外,买方有权凭中国商检出具的检验证书或有关文件向卖方索赔换货或赔款。

 

 

 

 

 

Claims:

 

 

 

 

 

Within 45 days after the arrival of the goods at the destination, should the quality,

Specifications or quantity be found not in conformity with the stipulations of the contract

except those claims for which the insurance company or the owners of the vessel are

liable, the Buyers shall, have the right on the strength of the inspection certificate issued

by the C.C.I.C and the relative documents to claim for compensation to the Sellers

 

 

 

 

 

(13)不可抗力:由于人力不可抗力的原由发生在制造,装载或运输的过程中导致卖方延期

交货或不

 

 

 

 

 

能交货者,卖方可免除责任,在不可抗力发生后,卖方须立即电告买方及在14天内以

 

 

 

 

 

空邮方式向买方提供事故发生的证明文件,在上述情况下,卖方仍须负责采取措施尽

 

 

 

 

 

快发货。

 

 

 

 

 

Force Majeure :

 

 

 

 

 

The sellers shall not be held responsible for the delay in shipment or non-deli-very of

the goods due to Force Majeure, which might occur during the process of manufacturing

or in the course of loading or transit. The sellers shall advise the Buyers immediately of

the occurrence mentioned above the within fourteen days there after . the Sellers shall

send by airmail to the Buyers for their acceptancea certificate of the accident. Under

such circumstances the Sellers, however, are still under the obligation to take all

necessary measures to hasten the deliveryof the goods.

 

 

 

 

 

(14)仲裁:凡有关执行合同所发生的一切争议应通过友好协商解决,如协商不能解决,则

将分歧提

 

 

 

 

 

交中国国际贸易促进委员会按有关仲裁程序进行仲裁,仲裁将是终局的,双方均受其约

 

 

 

 

 

束,仲裁费用由败诉方承担。

 

 

 

 

 

Arbitration :

 

 

 

 

 

All disputes in connection with the execution of this Contract shall be settled friendly

through negotiation. in case no settlement can be reached, the case then may be

submitted for arbitration to the Arbitration Commission of the China Council for the

Promotion of International Trade in accordance with the Provisional Rules of Procedure

promulgated by the said Arbitration Commission . the Arbitration committee shall be final

and binding upon both parties. and the Arbitration fee shall be borne by the losing

parties. 

 

 

 

 

 

买方: 卖方:

 

 

 

 

 

--------------------- ---------------------

 

 

 

 

 

(授权签字) (授权签字)

 

 

 

外教英文合同样本



    cnexamw.com    1137    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

外教英文合同样本

Party A:

 

 

Party B:

 

 

I. Party A wishes to engage the service of party

B___________________as____________________________. The two Parties, in a

spirit of friendly cooperation, agree to sign this contract and pledge to fulfill

conscientiously all the obligations stipulated in it.

II. The period of service will be from the _______day of ________ ,200 to the

________day of ________200 .

III. The duties of Party B (see attached pages)

IV. Party Bs monthly salary will be Yuan RMB (About USD), the pay day is every

month_______ .If not a full month, the salary will be will be prorated (days times

salary/30).

V. Party As Obligations

1. Party A shall introduce to Party B the laws, decrees and relevant regulations enacted

by the Chinese government, the Party As work system and regulations concerning

administration of foreign teachers.

2. Party A shall conduct direction, supervision and evaluation of Party Bs work.

3. Party A shall Provide Party B with necessary working and living conditions.

4. Party A shall provide co-workers for the first week if necessary.

VI. Party Bs obligations

1. Party B shall observe the laws, decrees and relevant regulations enacted by the

Chinese government and shall not interfere in Chinas internal politics affairs.

2. Party B shall observe Party As work system and regulations concerning administration

of foreign teachers and shall accept Party As agreement, direction, supervision and

evaluation in regard to his/her work. Without Party As consent, Party B shall not render

service elsewhere or hold concurrently any post unrelated to the work agreed on with

Party A.

3. Party B shall complete the tasks agreed on schedule and guarantee the quality of

work.

4. Party B shall respect Chinas religious policy, and shall not conduct religious activities

incompatible with the status of a teacher.

5. Party B shall respect the Chinese peoples moral standards and customs.

V. Revision, Cancellation and Termination of the Contract

1. Both Parties should abide by the contract and should refrain from revising, canceling,

or terminating the contract without mutual consent.

2. The contract can be revised, cancelled, or terminated with mutual consent. Before

both parties have reached an agreement, the contract should be strictly observed.

3. Party A has the right to cancel the contract with written notice to Party B under the

following conditions.

(1) Party B does not fulfill the contract or does not fulfill the contract obligations

according to the terms stipulated, and has failed to amend after Party A has pointed it

out.

(2) According to the doctors diagnosis, Party B cannot resume normal work after 30

days sick leave.

4. Party B has the right to cancel the contract with a written notice to party A under the

following conditions:

(1) Party A has not provided Party B with necessary working and living conditions as

stipulated in the contract.

(2) Party A has not paid Party B as scheduled.

VIII. Breach Penalty

When either of the two parties fails to fulfil the contract or fails to fulfill the contract

obligations according to the terms stipulated, that is, breaks the contract; it must pay a

breach penalty of US $500 (or the equivalent in RMB).

If Party B asks to cancel the contract due to events beyond control, it should produce

certification by the department concerned, obtain Party As consent, and pay its own

return expenses; If Party B cancels the contract without valid reason, it should pay its

own return expenses and pay breach penalty to Party A.

If Party A asks to cancel the contract due to events beyond control, with the consent of

Party B, it should pay Party Bs return expenses; if Party A cancels the contract without

valid reason, it should pay Party Bs return expenses and pay a breach penalty to Party

B.

IX. The appendix of this contract is an inseparable part of the contract and has equal

effect.

X. This contract takes effect on the date signed by both parties and will automatically

expire when the contract ends. If either of the two parties asks for a new contract, it

should forward its request

to another party 30 days prior to the expiration of the contract, and sign the new

contract with mutual consent.

Party B shall bear all expenses incurred when staying on after the contract expires.

XI. Arbitration

The two parties shall consult with each other and mediate any disputes, which may arise

about the contract. If all attempts fail, the two parties can appeal to the organization of

arbitration for foreign experts affairs in the State Bureau of Foreign Experts and ask for

a final arbitration.

This contract is signed at , in duplicate, this day of , 200 , in the Chinese and English

languages, both texts being equally authentic.

Party A Party B

(signature) (signature)

Attached Contract (one year)

Name of Employee: (Party B) I hereby accept the Terms and conditions of employment

as set out hereunder.

Name of Employer: (Party A)

Position: Full-time teacher of English as a Second Language (TESL) at

Commencement Date: this day of 200

Termination Date: this day of 200

Duties

1. Prepare lessons well prior to teaching

2. Conduct English lessons

3. Assess students work

4. Take an active part in students extra-curriculum activities of Party A

Working Hours:

Work according to the time - table of Party A from Monday to Friday each week (except

for holidays). Sometimes Party B may need to work on special occasions, say the

anniversary of the founding of Party A or any special promotional work and the

employee is to be given day(s) off later or to be paid.

Workload:

Generally 16 to 20 face-to-face teaching periods (45 minutes for each period) should be

delivered to the students every week. And usually there might be 5 periods of English

corner activities outside the classroom to be delivered to the students.

Salary:

The basic month salary is stipulated in the general contract and paid on the day agreed

on the contract.

The summer vacation (August 1st to September 1st) salary and winter vacation (20

days) salary:

The summer vacation salary equals to a normal month salary while winter vacation

salary 2/3 of one-month salary.

Free facilities and other things:

1. Accommodation- a flat with one bedroom, living room, kitchen and bathroom (With

air-condition, TV, Video, Telephone, Bed, Sofa.etc.).

2. Electricity, hot water and gas.

3. Meals in the school, if not will get 300-Yuan food allowance each month.

4. A bike (but should be maintained by party B, When the contract finished should return

to Party A)

Air Fares:

Return air-ticket will be reimbursed with satisfactory completion of one-year full-time

service for party A. The return air tickets should be under 1000USD.

Travel Bonus:

Part B will be paid 2200 Yuan travel bonus by Party A when one year contract finished.

Visas:

Party A will process and pay for the work visa for the employee, but Party B should pay

his/her own tourist visa to enter China.

Holidays:

There are seven continuous days in May. And seven continuous days in Oct and 30

days in Summer and 20 days in winter and Xmas 3 days new year 2days. If some

important activities of Party A happen to be on holidays.The employee will attend as well

and Party A shall make up the holiday(s) or pay for him/her the employee is not allowed

to ask for leave of tour except in holidays.

Sick leave and other leave:

If the employee has been sick and obtained the permission from the hospital that he/she

could ask for sick leave, the employee can receive RMB 30 Yuan for the sick leave

allowance each day and no other salary during the period of his/her sick leave. If the

employee has been sick for a continuous 30 days, party A could terminate the contract

according to the regulation of the contract issued by China State Bureau of Foreign

Experts.

If the employee has to ask for personal leave during work time, he/she must obtain the

permission form the school and the days of personal leave should not surpass 20 days,

otherwise the school has the right to terminate the contract; if the employee neglects the

work without any reason or asking leave from the school, Party A shall has the right to

fine the employee his/her double of his salary during those neglecting days; if the

employee has been neglecting the work for a continuous seven days, Party A shall has

the right to fire the employee.

Health and Medical Care:

The employee must conduct a medical examination at his/her own expense to certify that

he/she

does not suffer from hepatitis or any other infectious disease before he/she leaves for

China. The employee can receive free medical care at the schools clinic and pay the fee

of the medical care outside the school.

Computer and Telephone:

Party A provides the employee with the facility of computer and telephone, but the

employee should pay for the Internet-fee (if applicable) and he/her will pay the phone

call.

The employee shall deposit 500 RMB both for internet fee and telephone fee before

he/she leaves Party A (the contract expires), as the phone bill always comes at the end

of the following month.

Copyright:

Both the employee and the employer own one copy of the contract

Confidentiality:

The employee shall not disclose his/her salary and the information of the contract to a

third Party without the consent of the employer.

This attached contract is an integral part of the contract issued by China State Bureau

of Foreign Experts.

 

 

Employee:

Signature: Date:

 

Employer:

Signature: Date:

 

 

 OCEAN MARINE CARGO CLAUSES



    cnexamw.com    304    2-16    文章属

性:       

 

 

OCEAN MARINE CARGO CLAUSES

 

I . Scope of Cover:

This insurance is classified into the following three Conditions- Free From Particular

Average (F. P. A. ) With Average (W. A. ) and All Risks. Where the goods insured

hereunder sustain loss or damage the Company shall undertake to indemnify therefor

according to the insured Condition specified in the Policy and the Provisions of these

Clauses :

1. Free From Particular Average (F. P. A. )

This insurance covers :

1) Total or Constructive Total Loss of the whole consignment hereby insured caused in

the course of transit by natural calamities: heavy weather lightning tsunami

earthquake and flood. In case a constructive total loss is claimed for the Insured shall

abandon to the Company the damaged goods and all his rights and title pertaining

thereto. The goods on each lighter to or from the seagoing vessel shall be deemed a

separate risk. Constructive Total Loss refers to the loss where an actual total loss

appears to be unavoidable or the cost to be incurred in recovering or reconditioning the

goods together with the forwarding cost to the destination named in the Policy would

exceed their value on arrival.

2) Total or Partial Loss caused by accidents the carrying conveyance being grounded

stranded sunk or in collision with floating ice or other objects as fire or explosion .

3) Partial loss of the insured goods attributable to heavy weather lightning and/or

tsunami where the conveyance has been grounded stranded sunk or burnt.

irrespective of whether the event or events took place or after such accidents.

4) Partial of total loss consequent on falling of entire package or packages into sea

during loading transshipment or discharge.

5)Reasonable cost incurred by the insured on salvaging the goods or averting or

minimizing a loss recoverable under the Policy provided that such cost shall not

exceed the sum insured of the consignment so saved.

6) Losses attributable to discharge of the insured goods at a pert of distress following a

sea peril as well as special charges arising from loading warehousing and forwarding

of the goods at an intermediate port of call or refuge.

7) Sacrifice in and Contribution to General Average and Salvage Charges.

8) Such proportion of losses sustained by the shipowners as is to be reimbursed by the

Cargo Owner under the Contract of Affreightment Both to Blame Collision clause.

2. With Average (W. A. )

Aside from the risks covered under F. P. A. condition as above this insurance also

covers partial losses of the insured goods caused by heavy weather lightning

tsunami earthquake and/or flood.

3. All Risks

Aside from the risks covered under the F. P. A. and W. A. conditions as above this

insurance also cover all risks of loss of or damage to the insured goods whether partial

or total arising from external causes in the cause of transit.

 

II. Exclusions:

This insurance does not cover : .

1. Loss or damage caused by the intentional act or fault of the insured.

2. Loss or damage falling under the liability of the consignor.

3. Loss or damage arising from the inferior quality or shortage of the insured goods prior

to the attachment of this insurance.

4. Loss or damage arising from normal loss inherent vice or nature of the insured

goods loss of market and/or delay in transit and any expenses arising there from..

5. Risks and liabilities covered and excluded by the ocean marine (cargo) war risks

clauses and strike riot and civil commotion clauses of this Company.

 

III . Commencement to Termination of cover:

1. Warehouse to warehouses Clause :

This insurance attaches from the time the goods hereby insured leave the ware-house

or place of storage named in the Policy for the commencement of the transit and

continues in force in the ordinary course of transit including sea land and inland

waterway transits and transit in lighter until the insured goods are delivered to the

consignee s final warehouse or place of storage at the destination named in the Policy

or to any other place used by the insured for allocation or distribution of the goods or for

stories other than in the ordinary course of transit. This insurance shall. however

be limited to sixty (60) days after completion of discharge of the insured goods from the

seagoing vessel at the final port of discharge before they reach the above mentioned

warehouse or place of stories. If prior to the expire of the above mentioned sixty ( 60)

days the insured goods are to be forwarded to a destination other than that named in

the Policy this insurance shall terminate at the commencement of such transit.

2. If owing to delay deviation forced discharge reshipment or transshipment

beyond the control of the insured or any change or termination of the voyage arising

from the exercise of a liberty granted to the shipowners under the contract of

affreightment the insured goods arrive at a port or place other than that named in the

Policy Subject to immediate notice being given to the Company by the insured and an

additional premium being paid if repaired this insurance shall remain in force and

shall terminate as hereunder :

1) If the insured goods are sold at port or place not named in the Policy this

insurance shall terminate on delivery of the goods sold but in no event shall this

insurance extend beyond sixty (60) days after completion of discharge of the insured

goods from the carrying vessel at such port or place.

2) If the insured goods are to be forwarded to the final destination named in the Policy or

any other destination this insurance shall terminate in accordance with Section 1

above.

 

IV . Duty of the insured:

It is the duty of the insured to attend to all matters as specified hereunder failing

which the company reserves the right to reject his claim for any loss if and when such

failure prejudice the rights of the Company :

1. The insured shall take delivery of the insured goods in good time upon their arrival at

the port of destination named in the Policy. In the event of any damage to the goods

the insured shall immediately apply for survey to the Survey and/or settling assent

stipulated in the Policy. If the insured goods are found short in entire package or

packages or to show apparent traces of damage the insured shall obtain from the

Carrier bailed or other relevant authorities (Customs and Port Authorities etc. )

certificate of loss or damage and/or sbortlanded memo. Should the carrier bailed or

the other relevant authorities be responsible for such shortage the insured shall lodge

a claim with them in writing and if necessary obtain their confirmation of an

extension of them the time limit of validity of such claim.

2. The insured shall and the Company also take reasonable measures immediately

in salvaging the goods or preventing or minimizing a loss or damage thereto. The

measures so taken by the insured or by the Company shall not be considered

respectively as a waiver of abandonment hereunder or as an acceptance thereof.

3. In case of a change of voyage or any omission or error in the description of the

interest the name of the vessel or voyage this insurance shall remain in force only

upon prompt notice to this Company when the insured becomes aware of the same and

payment of an additional premium if required.

4. The following documents should accompany any claim hereunder made against this

Company :

Original Policy Bill of Lading. Invoice Packing List Tally Sheet Weight Memo

Certificate of Loss or Damage and/or Shorthand Memo Survey Report statement of

Claim.

If any third party is involved documents relative to pursuing of recovery from such

party should also be included.

5. Immediate notice should be given to the Company when the Cargo Owners actual

responsibility under the Contract of Affreightment n Both to Blame Collision Clause

becomes known..

 

V . The Time of Validity of A Claim :

The time of validity of a claim under this insurance shall not exceed a period of two years

counting from the time of completion of discharge of the insured goods from the

seagoing vessel at the final port of discharge.

 

 

 英文版租房合同样本



        416    2-16          

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT OF LEASE is made on this 16th day of December 2003 by and

BETWEEN:-

 

  Mrs. Ghazala Waheed w/o Abdul Waheed, Adult, R/o House No.***-*, DHA, Lahore

Cantt, (hereinafter to as the LESSOR of the ONE PART).

 

  And

 

  Mr.* ***,R/o China, refereed to as the LESSEE of the OTHER PART.(Expression

LESSOR”

  and LESSEE wherever the context so permit shall always mean and include their

respective heirs, successors legal representative and assignees).

 

  WHEREAS the LESSOR is the lawful owner and in lawful possession of House

No,***-*,DHA,

  Lahore Cantt, consisting of 4 Bedrooms with bath, D/D,TV; Lounge, Kitchen, Store,

Servant, Quarter together with fixtures and fitting (hereinafter collectively called the

DEMISED PREMISES).

 

  AND WHEREAS the LESSOR has agreed the lease and the LESSEE has agreed to

take on lease the DEMISED PREMISES on the terms and condition as given below:-

 

  1. This agreement in only valid if LESSEE is renewed and extended for the lease

period.

 

  2. The LESSOR lets LESSEE takes the DEMISSED PREMISES for a period of 12

months

  Commencing from 15th January 2004. The Lease is renewable for a further period

as may be mutually agreed in writing on expiry of the lease period

 

  3. The rent of the DEMISED PREMISES shall be USD3,300/-(US dollars Three

Thousand and Three hundred Only) per month

 

  4. The LESSOR hereby acknowledges receipt of the sum of USD.19,800/-(US

dollars Nineteen Thousand and eight Hundred Only) per month.

 

  5. It is hereby agreed between the parties that the LESSEE shall pay the aforesaid

monthly rent

  USD. 3,300/-(US dollars Three Thousand and Three hundred Only) as the monthly

rental advance by 20th of each calendar month for which if is due after completion of

advance rent period ending on 15th July 2004.

6. That the LESSOR hereby acknowledges receipt of the sum of Rs.60,000/-(Rupees

Sixty Thousand Only) from the LESSEE as FIXED EDPOSIT SECURITY which shall be

refunded to the LESSEE on giving back the vacant possession of the DEMISED

PREMISES after deduction of damages/shortages outstanding bills for Electricity, Water,

Gas and Telephone charges etc, against the DEMISED PREMISES.

 

  THE LESSEE HERBY CONVENANTS WITH LESSOR AS FOLLOWING:

 

  1. To pay to the LESSOR the rent hereby reserved in the manner before

mentioned.

 

  2. That the LESSEE shall not at any time during the terms, without the consent in

writing of the LESSOR, pull down, damages or make any structure alterations to the

DEMISED PREMESES provided always, the LESSEE shall have go write install any

fixtures and fittings excluding air-conditioners in the DEMISED PREMESES, to detach

and repossess the same subject to the restoration of the DEMISED PREMESES to their

original state at his cost (reasonable wear and tear excepted) on the expiry of this lease

or any renewal hereof.

 

  3. To use the DEMISES PREMISES for residential purpose and would not be used

for a commercial purpose the DEMISES PREMISE would not be used occupied by Mr.

****

  And family.

 

  4. Not to sublet the whole or any part of the premises.

 

  5. To pay regularly the bills for Electricity, Gas, Water and Telephone charges in

respect of the DEMISED PREMISES. A copy of all the paid utility bill be forwarded to the

LESSOR every three month regularly. In case of disconnection of any facility due to

non-payment, LESSEE will be responsible to get them restored and pay the same. All

dues must be cleared before the expiry of the LEASE.

 

  6. The LESSEE shall keep and maintain the said premises in good and tenantable

conditions during the tenure of the lease.

 

  THE LESSOR HEREBY CONVENANTS WITH THE LESSEE AS FOLLOWING:-

 

  1. To pay all existing and future rate, taxes assessments and other charges of a

public nature whether impose by the Municipality, Government or any other authority in

respect of DEMISED PREMISES.

 

  2. Not to erect or set up a building or structure on the DEMISES PREMISES nor to

add to any existing building or structure during the period of lease or any renewal

without the written consent of the LESSEE.

 

  IT IS HEREBY DECLEAR AND MUTURALLY AGREED BETWEEN THE LESSOR

AND LESSEE ANS FOLLWING:=

 

  1. The LESSEE and the LESSOR shall have the right and option to terminate this

Lease at any time only after the expiry of the lease period i.e., 24 months, provided they

give ONE (1) month notice in advance to either of the parties.

 

  2. The meter reading of various utilities are as given below:-

  UTILITY METER NUMBER TODAYS READING

  a) ELECRICITY ———————— ————————

  b) GAS ———————— ————————

  c) TELEPHONE ———————— ————————

  d) WATER ———————— ————————

 

  3. That the LESSEE has also agreed with the LESSOR for a mandatory increase in

rent by 10% per annum, the rent would be enhanced to Rs.36,300/-( Rupees Thirty Six

Thousand and Three Hundred Only), should the LESSOR and I ESSEE mutually to

renew the Lease. It can be negotiated between the parties.

 

  WHEREOF THE PARTIES hereto have executed these presents on the and day

above written.

 

  LESSSOR:__________________________

  Mrs. Ghazala waheed

  NIC NO._______________________

 

  LESSEE__________________________

  Mr.****

  Chinese passport no.___________________

 

 

 英文合同翻译



        1064    2-16        

  

 

引子:鉴于现在对外交流事例逐渐增多,英文合同特别是经济合同的翻译愈显重要,若译文不

准确或不严谨,势必会引起不必要的经济纠纷.故今以一英文(经济)合同写作书籍为蓝本,录入

一些有益文字,希望大家共同提高英文(经济)合同的翻译和写作。

 

合同文件是合同双方签订并必须遵守的法律文件,因此合同中的语言应体现其权威性.英文合

同用语的特点之一就表现在用词上,即选择那些法律用词,以及正式用词,使合同表达的意思

准确无误,达到双方对合同中使用的词无可争议的程度。

 

.hereby

英文释义:by means of , by reason of this

中文译词:特此,因此,

用法:常用于法律文件、合同、协议书等正式文件的开头语;在条款中需要强调时也可用。

语法:一般置于主语后,紧邻主语.

 

1

The Employer hereby covenants to pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution

and completion of the Works and the remedying of defects therein the Contract Price or

such other sum as may become payable under the provisions of the Contract at the time

and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.

参考译文:

业主特此立约保证在合同规定的期限内,按合同规定的方式向承包人支付合同价,或合同规定

的其它应支付的款项,以作为本工程施工、竣工及修补工程中缺陷的报酬。

注释:

(1)hereby: by reason of this 特此

(2)covenant: v. make a formal agreement 立约,签订合同、条约; n. legal agreement具有

法律约束的正式合同

(3)completion of the Works: 工程的竣工

(4)therein: in the Works在本工程中

(5)the Contract Price: 合同总价,指工程的总造价

(6)such...as: 关系代词,相当于that, which

(7)under: in accordance with 根据,按照

(8)the provisions of the Contract: terms and conditions of the Contract合同条款

2

We hereby certify to the best of our knowledge that the foregoing statement is true and

correct and all available information and data have been supplied herein, and that we

agree to provide documentary proof upon your request.

注释:

1hereby:特此

2to the best of our knowledgeas far as we know据我们所知

3foregoing statementabove-mentioned statement上述声明

4hereinin this, in the statement在声明中

5documentary proof:证明文件

参考译文:

特此证明,据我们所知,上述声明内容真实,正确无误,并提供了全部现有的资料和数据

,我们同意,应贵方要求出具证明文件。

3

This Contract is hereby made and concluded by and between     Co. (hereinafter

referred to as Party A) and     Co. (hereinafter referred to as Party B) on     (Date), in    

(Place), China, on the principle of equality and mutual benefit and through amicable

consultation.

注释:

1hereby:特此

2hereinafter referred to as Party A:以下称甲方

3on the principle of equality and mutual benefit:在平等互利基础上

4through amicable consultation:通过友好协商

参考译文:

本合同双方,     公司(以下称甲方)与     公司(以下称乙方),在平等互利基础上,通

过友好协商,于               日在中国     (地点),特签订本合同。

4

This agreement is hereby made and entered into on     (Date), by and between     Co.

China (hereinafter referred to as Party A) and     Co. (hereinafter referred to as Party B).

注释:

1this agreement is hereby made and entered into:特此订立本协议

在法律文件中表示“订立本协议”可用以下4个动词:sign (make, conclude or enter into)

this agreement, 按照同义词连用的写作特点,可用上述4个动词中的两个来表示)。

2hereinafter referred to as Party B:以下简称乙方

参考译文:

本协议特由中国     公司(以下简称甲方)与     公司(以下简称乙方)于             日订

立。

   hereof

英文释义: of this

中文译词:关于此点;在本文件中

用法:在表示上文已提及的“本合同的、本文件的……”时,使用该词。例如表示本合同条件

、条款时,可以说“the terms, conditions and provisions hereof”,这里hereof表示“of this

Contract”;又如表示本工程的任何部分,可用“any parts hereof”,这里hereof表示“of this

Works”。

语法:一般置于要修饰的名词的后面,与之紧邻。

hereofthereof的区别:hereof强调“of this”。例如,上面的“the terms, conditions and

provisions thereof”中的thereof表示of the Contract;“any parts

thereof”中的thereof表示of the Works

 

 

1

Whether the custom of the Port is contrary to this Clause or not, the owner of the goods

shall, without interruption, by day and night, including Sundays and holidays (if required

by the carrier), supply and take delivery of the goods. Provided that the owner of the

goods shall be liable for all losses or damages including demurrage incurred in default

on the provisions hereof.

注释:

1 Whether the custom of the Port is contrary to this Clause or not:不论港口习惯是

否与本款规定相反,whether or not:不论……是否

2 the owner of the goods:货方

3 without interruption:无间断地

4 carrier:承运人

5 in default on the provisions hereof:违反本款规定 hereofof this Clause

参考译文:

不论港口习惯是否与本款规定相反,货方都应昼夜地,包括星期日和假日(如承运人需要

),无间断地提供和提取货物。货方对违反本款规定所引起的所有损失或损坏,包括滞期

应负担赔偿责任。

2

Foreign trade dealers as mentioned in this Law shall, in accordance with the provisions

hereof, cover such legal entities and other organization as are engaged in foreign trade

dealings.

注释:

1 foreign trade dealers:对外贸易经营者

2 as mentioned in this Law:本法所称

3 the provisions hereofthe provisions of this Law 本法规定

4 legal entity:法人

5 be engaged in foreign trade dealings:从事对外贸易经营活动

参考译文:

本法所称对外贸易经营者,是指依照本法规定从事对外贸易经营活动的法人和其他组织。

3

The establishment of a limited liability company or a company limited by shares shall

comply with the conditions and provisions of this Law. A company complying with the

conditions and provisions hereof may be registered as a limited liability company or a

company limited by shares. Provided that if a company fails to comply with the conditions

and provisions hereof, the company in question shall not be registered as a limited

liability company or a company limited by shares.

注释:

1a limited liability company:有限责任公司

2a company limited by shares:股份有限公司

3provisions hereof:本法规定 hereof: of this Law

4may be registered as:登记为

参考译文:

设立有限责任公司、股份有限公司,必须符合本法规定的条件。符合本法规定的条件的,

登记为有限责任公司或者股份有限公司;不符合本法规定的条件的,不得登记为有限责任

公司或股份有限公司。

4

If, as a result of withdrawal or any other reasons, an arbitrator fails to perform his duties

as an arbitrator, another arbitrator shall, in accordance with the provisions hereof, be

selected or appointed.

注释:

1 as a result of withdrawal or any other reasons:回避或者其它原因

2 arbitrator:仲裁员

3 the provisions hereofthe provisions of this Law 本法规定

4 be selected or appointed:选定或指定

参考译文:

仲裁员因回避或者其它原因不能履行职责的,应当依照本法规定重新选定或指定仲裁员。

5

In the event of conflict between the provisions on arbitration formulated and prepared

prior to the effective date of this Law and the provisions of this Law, the provisions

hereof shall prevail.

注释:

1 conflict:相抵触

2 prior to the effective date of this Law:本法施行前

3 the provisions hereof shall prevail:以本法为准 hereofof this Law

参考译文:

本法施行前制定的有关仲裁的规定与本法的规定相抵触的,以本法为准。

6

Where, in accordance with laws, the circumstance(s) specified in Article 15 and Article

16 of this Law is /are confirmed, the organization with compensatory obligations shall

pay compensation in any of the circumstance in question.

Where the claimant for compensation demands the confirmation of one of the

circumstances specified in Article 15 and Article 16 hereof, and the demanded

organization refuses to make the confirmation, the claimant shall have the right to lodge

a complaint. Where the claimant claims compensation, the claim, shall, first, be lodged to

the organization for compensatory obligations.

The provisions of Article 10, Article 11 and Article 12 hereof shall apply to/ in the

procedures of compensation.

注释:

1 the organization with compensatory obligations:赔偿义务机关

2 shall pay compensation:应当给予赔偿

3 the claimant for compensation:赔偿请求人

4 Article 15 and Article 16 hereof:本法第十五条、第十六条 hereofof this Law

5 shall have the right to lodge a complaint:有权申诉

6 claims compensation:要求赔偿

7 apply to/ in:适用 More Examples: The comment applies equally here. /That

argument does not apply in this case. /That applies to at least nine-tenths of the people

we see about. /These remarks apply to every town in this kingdom. /The rules of safe

driving apply to everyone.

参考译文:

赔偿义务机关对依法确认有本法第十五条、第十六条规定的情形之一的,应当给予赔偿。

赔偿请求人要求确认有本法第十五条、第十六条规定情形之一的,被要求的机关不予确认

的,赔偿请求人有权申诉。赔偿请求人要求赔偿,应当先向赔偿义务机关提出。赔偿程序

适用本法第十条、第十一条、第十二条的规定。

7

If an arbitrator involved in one of circumstances specified in Item 4, Article 34 of this Law,

and if it is serious, or those specified in Item 6, Article 58 hereof, the arbitrator in

question shall, in accordance with the law, bear the legal liability and responsibility. The

arbitration commission shall remove the name of the arbitrator in question from the list of

arbitrators.

注释:

1 arbitrator:仲裁员

2 Article 58 hereof:本法第五十八条 hereofof this Law

3 bear the legal liability and responsibility:承担法律责任

4 the arbitration commission:仲裁委员会

5 remove the name of the arbitrator in question from the list of arbitrators:将其除名

参考译文:

仲裁员有本法第三十四条第四项规定的情形,情节严重的,或者有本法第五十八条第六项

规定的情形的,应当依法承担法律责任,仲裁委员会应当将其除名。

8

If, pursuant to this Law, the relevant responsible authorities with the duty of approvals

fail to grant approval to such an application as meets the requirements and provisions

hereof, or the company registration authorities fail to register a company whose

application meets the requirements hereof, the party in question may, in accordance

with laws, apply for reconsideration or bring an administrative suit.

注释:

1 the relevant responsible authorities with the duty of approvals:履行审批职责的有

关主管部门

2 meets the requirements and provisions hereof:符合本法条件

3 the company registration authorities:负责公司登记的主管部门

4 the requirements hereof:本法条件 hereof: of this Law

5 apply for reconsideration:申请复议

6 bring an administrative suit:提起行政诉讼

参考译文:

依照本法,履行审批职责的有关主管部门,对符合本法条件的申请不予批准,或负责公司

登记的主管部门不予登记,当事人可以依法申请复议或者提起行政诉讼。

9

This Decision shall apply to the crimes committed against Article 9, Article 10 and Article

11 hereof by the staff and workers of enterprises other than limited liability companies

and companies limited by shares.

注释:

1 the crimes committed:犯罪行为

2 against Article 9, Article 10 and Article 11 hereof:犯有本决定第九条、第十条、第

十一条规定 hereof: of this Decision

参考译文:

有限责任公司、股份有限公司以外的企业职工有本决定第九条、第十条、第十一条规定的

犯罪行为的,适用本决定。

10

Companies registered and established prior to the effective date of this Law shall, in

accordance with Laws, administrative regulations, local regulations and pursuant to the “

Standard Opinion on Limited Liability Companies” or the “Standard Opinion on

Companies Limited by Shares” issued by the relevant responsible department of the

State Council, continue to exist.

Those companies not completely satisfying the requirements of this Law shall, within the

specified time limit, meet the requirements hereof. Specific methods for implementation

of this Law will be set out in separate regulations issued by the State Council.

注释:

1 companies registered:已登记成立的公司

2 the Standard Opinion on Limited Liability Companies”:《有限责任公司规范意见

3 the Standard Opinion on Companies Limited by Shares”:《股份有限公司规范意

见》

4 the relevant responsible department of the State Council国务院有关主管部门

5 in separate regulations issued by the State Council:由国务院另行规定

参考译文:

本法施行前已登记成立的公司,应依照法律、行政法规、地方性法规和国务院有关主管部

门制定的《有限责任公司规范意见》,和《股份有限公司规范意见》,继续保留。其中不

完全具备本法规定的条件的,应当在规定的期限内达到本法规定的条件。具体实施办法,

由国务院另行规定。

11

Unfair competition mentioned in this Law refers to acts of such business operators as

contravene the provisions hereof, with a result of damaging the lawful rights and

interests of other business operators, and disturbing the socio-economic order.

注释:

1 unfair competition:不正当竞争

2 business operators:经营者

3 contravene the provisions hereof:违反本法规定 the provisions hereof:本法规定

hereofof this Law

4 the lawful rights and interests:合法权益

5 disturbing the socio-economic order:扰乱社会经济秩序

参考译文:

本法所称的不正当竞争,是指经营者违反本法规定,损害其他经营者的合法权益,扰乱社

会经济秩序的行为。

hereto

英文释义: to this

中文译词:至此,在此上。

用法:在表示上文已提及的“本合同的……本文件的……”时,使用该词。例如表示“本合同双

方”,可以说“the Parties hereto”,这里hereto表示“to this Contract”;表示“本协议附件4

,可用“Appendix 4 hereto”,这里hereto表示“to this Agreement”。

语法:一般置于要修饰的名词的后面,与之紧邻。

heretothereto的区别:同前面所言hereofthereof的区别类似,hereto强调的是“to this

 

1

All disputes arising from the performance of this Contract shall, through amicable

negotiations, be settled by the Parties hereto. Should, through negotiations, no

settlement be reached, the case in question shall then be submitted for arbitration to the

China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission, Beijing and the

arbitration rules of this Commission shall be applied. The award of the arbitration shall

be final and binding upon the Parties hereto. The Arbitration fee shall be borne by the

losing party unless otherwise awarded by the Arbitration Commission.

注释:

1 the performance of this Contract:履行本合同

2 through amicable negotiations:友好协商

3 the Parties heretothe Parties to this Contract本合同双方

4 shall then be submitted for arbitration:提交进行仲裁

5 the China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission, Beijing:中

国国际经济贸易仲裁委员会(北京)

6 the arbitration rules of this Commission:其仲裁规则

7 the award of the arbitration:仲裁裁决

8 unless otherwise awarded by the Arbitration Commission:仲裁委员会另有裁定的

除外

参考译文:

对于因履行本合同所发生的一切争议,本合同双方应友好协商解决,如协商无法解决争议

,则应将争议提交中国国际经济贸易仲裁委员会(北京),依据其仲裁规则进行仲裁。仲

裁裁决是终局性的,对双方都有约束力。仲裁费用应由败诉方承担,但仲裁委员会另有裁

定的除外。

 

2

Patented Technology” means such patent, and such applications for the patent as are

presently owned or will hereafter be acquired in the future by Party B, or as Party B has

or may have the right to control, or as are permitted to be transferred during the

effective period of this Contract in any or all countries of the world, and as are applicable

to or may be used in the manufacture of Contract Products specified by the Parties

hereto.

注释:

1 patented technology:专利技术

2 patent:专利

3 application for the patent:专利申请

4 may have the right to control:可能有权控制的

5 permitted to be transferred in any or all countries of the world:在世界任何国家许

可转让

6 Contract Products specified by the Parties hereto:本合同双方规定的本合同产品

hereto: to this Contract

参考译文:

“专利技术”,系指乙方目前拥有的或未来获得的,或乙方有权或可能有权控制的,或在本合

同有效期间在世界任何国家许可转让的,适用于或可能适用制造本合同双方规定的本合同

产品的专利和专利申请。

 

3

Technical Documents” means the data and the information specified in Appendix 1

hereto, such as engineering, manufacturing and original information relating to the

manufacture and maintenance of the Contract Products, including drawings, blueprints,

design sheets, material specifications, photographs, photostats and general data, and

design and their specifications relating to manufacturing euipment, tools and facilities.

Provided that the above-mentioned information shall be such information as is only

available to Party B and applicable to the business operation of Party A under this

Contract.

注释:

1 technical documents:技术资料

2 the data and the information:资料

3 engineering:工程

4 manufacturing:制造

5 original information:原始资料

6 blueprint:蓝本

7 design sheets:设计图表

8 material specifications:材料规格

9 photostats:影印资料

10 general data:一般资料

11 design and their specifications relating to manufacturing euipment, tools and

facilities:与制造设备、工具和装置有关的设计及其说明书

参考译文:

“技术资料”系指列于附件1与制造和维修合同产品有关的工程、制造及原始资料,包括与制

造设备、工具和装置有关的图纸、蓝本、设计图表、材料规格、照片、影印资料和一般资

料、设计及其说明书等,但上述资料仅限于乙方拥有的资料和甲方用于本合同业务活动的

资料。

 

4

If Party B demands to audit the accounts of Party A, Party B shall, within 10 days after

receiving the written notice issued by Party A under Sub-Clause 3.4 of this Contract,

notify Party A of the mater in question. The specific contents and procedure of auditing

accounts are detailed in Appendix 4 hereto.

注释:

1 audit the accounts of Party A:查核甲方的帐目

2 Sub-Clause 3.4 of this Contract:本合同第3.4

3 the specific contents and procedure of auditing accounts:其具体的查帐内容和程

4 Appendix 4 hereto:本合同附件4 heretoto this Contract

参考译文:

乙方如需查核甲方的帐目时,应在接到甲方依上述本合同第3.4款规定开出的书面通知后10

天之内通知甲方,其具体的查帐内容和程序详见本合同附件4

 

5

The parties to this Agreement agree that either Party hereto shall, immediately and fully,

notify the other Party hereto of any such matters comprising an improvement,

modification, further invention or design as the Party in question may discover, make or

develop with respect to manufacture and assembly of the Licensed Products or

components thereof.

The Party discovering, making or developing the subject matter in question may, at its

own expense and its own name, file application for Letter Patent or take other necessary

legal steps to protect the same, and any patent arising therefrom shall belong to the

Party in question. The other Party may, during the effective period hereof, make use of,

and sell products utilizing such improvement, modification, further invention or design

(whether patented or un-patented) without charge and royalty fee in any manner

consistent with this agreement.

注释:

1 either Party hereto:本协议各方 (不译成“one Party hereto)。

2 improvement, modification, further invention or design:改进、修正、更新本发明

或设计

3 discover, make or develop:开发

4 manufacture and assembly of the Licensed Products or components thereof:生

产及装配许可证产品或部件

5 file application for Letter Patent:申请专利

6 take other necessary legal steps to protect the same:其它必要的法律保护程序

the same: Letter Patent

7 any patent arising therefrom:由此产生的专利

8 consistent with this agreement:与本协议不相矛盾

参考译文:

本协议各方同意,一方对于有关生产及装配许可证产品或部件所做的改进、修正、更新发

明或设计均应立即全部通知另一方。开发改进的一方可以自负费用并以自身名义申请专利

或采取其它必要的法律保护程序,由此产生的专利将属于该方所有。在本协议的有效期内

,另一方可以与本协议不相矛盾的方式无偿使用和销售利用改进、修正、更新本发明或设

计(无论其是否取得专利权)生产的产品。

6

The Parties to this Agreement agree that Y shall supply to FCAM certain license and

technical assistance for manufacturing Products. The Technical Assistance Agreement

to be concluded between FCAM and Y shall be deemed to be an attachment as

Appendix 2 hereto (hereinafter referred to as the “Technical Assistance Agreement”).

注释:

1 certain license and technical assistance for manufacturing Products:有关生产产

品的许可证和技术服务

2 the technical assistance agreement:技术服务协议

3 Appendix 2 hereto:本协议附件2 heretoto this Agreement

参考译文:

本协议双方同意Y将向FCAM提供有关生产产品的许可证和技术服务,FCAMY将订立技

术服务协议并作为本协议附件2(以下称作“技术服务协议”)。

 

7

The Parties to this Agreement agree and ensure that FCAM will, to the maximum extent

practicably possible, use the forms required by Y for such data on management and

financial information as are given by FCAM to the Parties hereto, and that FCAM shall

prepare and keep accounting and financial records and books available for inspection

or audit by either Party hereto.

注释:

1 to the maximum extent practicably possible:尽实际可能最大限度地

2 data on management and financial information:管理和财务信息材料

3 prepare and keep accounting and financial records and books:建好会计和财务

帐目

4 available for inspection or audit by either Party hereto:以备本协议各方的检查或

审计 either Party heretoeither Party to this Agreement本协议双方 inspection:检查

audit:审计

参考译文:

本协议双方同意保证FCAM将尽实际可能最大限度地使用Y所要求的表格式样,用于FCAM

向协议各方提供管理和财务信息材料;并且FCAM应建好会计和财务帐目以备协议双方的检

查或审计。

 

8

The Parties to this Agreement agree that the Board of Directors authorized by the

Parties hereto to administrate or manage FCAM shall be responsible for approving the

overall business management plan of the company, and monitoring the execution of the

plan in question. Provided that the business management plan in question shall be

submitted to the Parties hereto for review and approval.

注释:

1 Board of Directors authorized by the Parties hereto:本协议双方授权的董事会

heretoto this Agreement

2 to administrate or manage FCAM:管理FCAM administrate:行政管理 manage

业务管理

3 the overall business management plan of the company:公司整体经营计划

4 monitor the execution of the plan in question:监督该计划的执行

5 review and approval:审阅和批准

参考译文:

本协议双方同意授权管理FCAM的董事会对公司整体经营计划的报批和监督执行负责。该经

营计划需要提交协议双方审阅和批准。

 

9

The Parties to this Agreement agree, and will cause FCAM to agree, that Y will sell to

FCAM, and FCAM will buy from Y, all such specialized machinery and equipment as is

determined through mutual consultation by and between Y and FCAM for the effective

utilization of the technical know-how supplied by Y to FCAM under the Technical

Assistance Agreement at such prices and on such terms and conditions as are

determined by and between the Parties hereto.

注释:

1 specialized machinery and equipment:特定机器设备 equipment:(单数形式)设

2 determined through mutual consultation:协商决定

3 the effective utilization of the technical know-how:有效使用技术诀窍

4 terms and conditions:条件

5 (such) as:作关系代词,意为which, that

参考译文:

本协议双方同意并将使FCAM同意Y将向FCAM出售,FCAMY购买经过YFCAM协商决

定的特定机器设备,以保证根据技术服务协议由YFCAM提供的技术诀窍得到有效使用,

并以协议双方同意的价格和条件成交。

 

10

The termination of this Contract shall not in any way affect the outstanding claims and

liabilities existing between the Parties hereto upon the expiration of the validity of the

Contract and the debtor shall continue to be kept liable for paying the outstanding debts

to the creditor.

注释:

1 the termination of this Contract:本合同期满

2 outstanding claims and liabilities:未了债务

3 debtor:债务人

4 creditor:债权人

参考译文:

本合同期满时,双方之间发生的未了债务不受合同期满的影响,债务人应向债权人继续支

付未了债务

hereinafter

英文释义:later in the same Contract

中文译词:以下,在下文

语法:一般与referred to as, called等词组连用,以避免重复,置于这些词组前面,与之紧邻

 

1

In accordance with the Law of the People’s Republic of China on Chinese-Foreign Equity

Joint Ventures and the Contract signed by and between     Co. (hereinafter referred to

as Party A) and     Co. (hereinafter referred to as Party B), the articles of association

hereby is formulated and prepared.

注释:

1 in accordance withunder 根据

2 Law of the Peoples Republic of China on Chinese-Foreign Equity Joint Ventures

:中华人民共和国中外合资经营企业法

3 Hereinafter:以下

4 articles of association:合营公司章程(条款)

5 hereby:特此

6 formulateprepare 制订

参考译文:

根据《中华人民共和国中外合资经营企业法》以及由   公司(以下称甲方)与   公司(以下

称乙方)所订的合资经营的合同,特制订本公司章程。

 

2

Financial institutions with foreign capital mentioned in these Regulations refer to the

following financial institutions that are established and operate in China upon approval in

accordance with the relevant laws and regulations of the People’s Republic of China:

(1) subsidiary banks incorporated by foreign capital whose head offices are in China

(hereinafter referred to as foreign banks);

(2) branches of foreign bank in China (hereinafter referred to as foreign bank

branches);

(3) banks incorporated jointly by foreign and Chinese financial institutions (hereinafter

referred to as equity joint-venture banks);

(4) finance companies incorporated by foreign capital whose head offices are in China

(hereinafter referred to as foreign finance companies); and

(5) finance companies incorporated jointly by foreign and Chinese financial institutions

(hereinafter referred to as equity joint-venture finance companies).

注释:

(1) financial institution:金融机构

(2) subsidiary banks incorporated by foreign capital whose head offices are in China

总行在中国境内的外国资本银行。在中译英时,这里的“外国资本银行”,应理解成“外资银

行的子银行”,英文为subsidiary banks,而不能简单地译成foreign banks,因为很少有一

家外国银行把自己的总部搬到国外,但在境外设立子银行、子公司是经常的。

(3) hereinafter referred to as foreign banks:以下简称外资银行。

(4) hereinafter referred to as foreign bank branches:以下简称外资银行分行。

(5) finance company:财务公司,这里应理解为金融公司,是指在商业银行以外的专门从

事抵押放款业务的金融企业。如果中文为会计事务所,则要译成:accounting firm

(6) hereinafter referred to as foreign finance companies:以下简称外资财务公司

(7) hereinafter referred to as equity joint-venture finance companies:以下简称合资财务

公司

参考译文:

本条例所称外资金融机构,是指依照中华人民共和国有关法律、法规的规定,经批准在中

国境内设立和营业的下列金融机构:

(一)总行在中国境内的外国资本银行(以下简称外资银行)

(二)外国银行在中国境内的分行(以下简称外资银行分行)

(三)外国的金融机构同中国的金融机构在中国境内合资经营的银行(以下简称合资银行

(四)总公司在中国境内的外国资本的财务公司(以下简称外资财务公司)

(五)外国的金融机构同中国的金融机构在中国境内合资经营的财务公司(以下简称合资

财务公司)

 

3

When existing Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures, Chinese-foreign cooperative joint

ventures and wholly foreign-owned enterprises (hereinafter referred to as “enterprises

with foreign investment”) apply to reorganize themselves into a company, the enterprises

with foreign investment shall have a record of making profits for the recent three

consecutive years.

注释:

(1) existing Chinese-foreign equity joint ventures:已设立的中外合资经营企业,即现有的

中外合资经营企业

(2) Chinese-foreign cooperative joint venture:中外合作经营企业

(3) wholly foreign-owned enterprises:外资企业

(4) hereinafter referred to as enterprises with foreign investment”:以下简称外商投资企

(5) shall have a record of making profits:应有盈利纪录

参考译文:

已设立的中外合资经营企业、中外合作经营企业,外资企业(以下称为外商投资企业),

如申请转变为公司的,应有最近连续3年的盈利纪录。

 

4

To apply for the establishment of an investment company, the investor shall submit the

following documents to the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation

(hereinafter referred to as MOFTEC) for examination and approval after the examination

and consent obtained from the foreign trade and economic cooperation authorities of

the related province, autonomous region, municipalities directly under the Central

Government or the municipalities specifically (separately) listed in the State Economic

Plan in which the investment company is to be located.

注释:

1 the Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation (hereinafter referred to

as MOFTEC):对外贸易经济合作部(以下简称外经贸部)

2 the foreign trade and economic cooperation authorities:外经贸部门

3 municipalities directly under the Central Government:直辖市

4 the municipalities specifically (separately) listed in the State Economic Plan:计划

单列市

参考译文:

申请设立投资公司,投资者应将下列文件经拟设立投资公司所在地的省、自治区、直辖市

、计划单列市外经贸部门审核同意后,报对外贸易经济合作部(以下简称外经贸部)审查

批准。

 

5

These Regulations are formulated and prepared in accordance with the Company Law

of the People’s Republic of China (hereinafter referred to as the Company Law) in order

to affirm the qualifications of enterprise legal persons of companies and standardize the

registration activities of companies.

注释:

1 these Regulations are formulated and prepared:制定本条例 prepare:制定

2 the Company Law of the Peoples Republic of China:《中华人民共和国公司法》

3 hereinafter referred to as the Company Law:以下简称《公司法》

4 to affirm the qualifications of enterprise legal persons of companies:确认公司的

企业法人资格

5 standardize the registration activities of companies:规范公司登记行为

参考译文:

为了确认公司的企业法人资格,规范公司登记行为,依据《中华人民共和国公司法》(以

下简称《公司法》),制定本条例。

 

6

In order to further expand international economic co-operation and technological

exchange, to absorb foreign investment and to promote the development of socialist

market economy, foreign companies, enterprises and other economic organizations or

individuals (hereinafter referred to as foreign shareholders) and Chinese companies,

enterprises and other economic organizations (hereinafter referred to as Chinese

shareholders) may, within the territory of China, on the principle of equality and mutual

benefit, incorporate themselves into a company limited by shares with foreign investment

(hereinafter referred to as the Company).

注释:

1 to further expand international economic co-operation and technological

exchange:进一步扩大国际经济合作和技术交流

2 to absorb foreign investment:引进外资

3 to promote the development of socialist market economy:促进社会主义市场经济

的发展

4 hereinafter referred to as foreign shareholders:以下简称外国股东 foreign

shareholders:外国股东

5 hereinafter referred to as Chinese shareholders:以下简称中国股东

6 within the territory of China:在中国境内

7 a company limited by shares with foreign investment:外商投资股份有限公司

参考译文:

为进一步扩大国际经济合作和技术交流,引进外资,促进社会主义市场经济的发展,外国

的公司、企业和其他经济组织或个人(以下简称外国股东),按照平等互利的原则,可与

中国的公司、企业或其他经济组织(以下简称中国股东)在中国境内共同举办外商投资股

份有限公司(以下简称公司)。

7

In order to promote foreign investment in China and to introduce foreign advanced

technology and managerial expertise, foreign investors are permitted to establish

investment companies (hereinafter referred to as “investment company”) in China in

accordance with the Chinese laws and regulations governing foreign investment and

these Regulations.

注释:

1 to introduce foreign advanced technology and managerial expertise:引进国外先

进技术和管理经验

2 to establish investment company:设立投资公司

3 hereinafter referred to as investment company”:以下简称投资公司

4 the Chinese laws and regulations governing foreign investment:中国有关外国投

资的法律、法规

参考译文:

为了促进外国投资者来华投资,引进国外先进技术和管理经验,允许外国投资者根据中国

有关外国投资的法律、法规及本规定,在中国设立投资公司(以下简称投资公司)。

 

8

These Detailed Rules shall apply to the resident representative offices set up within the

territory of the People’s Republic of China by foreign traders, manufacturers, shipping

agents, contractors, consultant companies, advertising agencies, investment companies,

leasing companies and other economic entities (hereinafter called “foreign enterprises”).

注释:

1 these Detailed Rules:本实施细则

2 apply to):vi. 适用于 More ExamplesThe rules of safe driving apply to

everyone. /That applies to at least nine-tenths of the people we see about. /That

argument does not apply in this case. /The comment applies equally here.

3 the resident representative offices:常驻代表机构

4 shipping agents:货运代理商

5 consultant company:咨询公司

6 advertising agency:广告公司

7 leasing company:租赁公司

8 hereinafter called foreign enterprises”:以下简称外国企业

参考译文:

本实施细则适用于外国贸易商、制造厂商、货运代理商、承包商、咨询公司、广告公司、

投资公司、租赁公司和其他经济贸易组织(以下简称外国企业)在中华人民共和国境内设

立的常驻代表机构。

 

9

A foreign enterprise applying for the establishment of its resident representative office in

the territory of the People’s Republic of China shall, upon approval and consent by the

Ministry of Foreign Trade and Economic Cooperation or its authorized Commissions for

Foreign Trade and Economic Relations (hereinafter called the “Examination-Approval

Authorities) of the provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly under the

Central Government and the municipalities specifically (separately) listed in the State

Economic Plan, register with the State Administration for Industry and Commerce or its

authorized Administrations for Industry and Commerce (hereinafter called the

registration authorities) of the provinces, autonomous regions, municipalities directly

under the Central Government and the municipalities specifically (separately) listed in

the State Economic Plan.

注释:

1 its authorized Commissions for Foreign Trade and Economic Relations:其授权的

对外经济贸易委员会

2 hereinafter called the Examination-Approval Authorities:以下简称审批机关

Examination-Approval Authorities:审批机关

3 register with:办理登记手续

4 the State Administration for Industry and Commerce:国家工商行政管理局

5 its authorized Administrations for Industry and Commerce:其授权的(各省、自治

区、直辖市及计划单列市)工商行政管理局

参考译文:

外国企业申请在中华人民共和国境内成立常设代表机构,应经对外贸易经济合作部或其授

权的各省、自治区、直辖市及计划单列市对外经济贸易委员会(厅)(以下简称审批机关

)批准,并在中华人民共和国国家工商行政管理局或其授权的各省、自治区、直辖市及计

划单列市工商行政管理局(以下简称登记机关)办理登记手续。

therein

英文释义:in that; in that particular; in that respect

中文译词:在那里;在那点上,在那方面

用法:在表示上文已提及的“合同中的……,工程中的……”等时使用。例如表示“修补工程中

的缺陷”:“the remedying of any defects therein”,此处therein表示“in the Works”;表示“

用于工程中的材料或机械设备”:“materials or plant for incorporation

therein”,这里的therein表示“in the Works”。

语法:置于所修饰词后,紧邻修饰词。

 

1

Temporary Works” means all temporary works of every kind (other than the Contractor’

s Equipment) required in or about the execution and completion of the Works and the

remedying of any defects therein.

注释:

(1) Temporary Works:临时工程,是指为永久工程服务的工程,永久工程建成后应予以拆

除。建造临时工程的费用,按国际FIDIC合同条件规定,应由承包人负责。

(2) Defects:缺陷,表示工程施工出现的问题,即工程本身存在的问题,而不是因业主使

用不当造成的。

(3) the execution and completion of the Works and the remedying of any defects therein

:工程施工、竣工和修补工程中任何缺陷。建造一项工程一般分成两个阶段进行,工程设

计、施工、竣工为第一阶段,修补工程中任何缺陷为第二阶段,因此此句中的第一个and

对的,表示建造工程的两个阶段。

参考译文:

临时工程是指在工程施工、竣工和修补工程中任何缺陷时需要或与上述工程阶段有关的所

有各种临时工程,但承包人的设备除外。

 

2

The contractor shall not, without the prior consent of the Employer, assign the Contract

or any part thereof, or any benefit or interest therein or thereunder, otherwise than by:

注释:

1 the prior consent of the Employer:业主的事先同意   注意:consent只有单数形式

,表示同意

2 assign:转让

3 thereinin the contractthereunderunder the contract

4 otherwise than by:但下列情况除外。也可写成:unless otherwise specified in the

following circumstances:

参考译文:

没有业主的事先同意,承包人不得将合同或合同的任何部分,或合同中或合同名下的任何

利益或好处进行转让,但下列情况除外:

 

3

This Note means the Note mentioned in the Loan Agreement and is entitled to all the

benefits provided therein. This refers to the rights and obligations therein of advance

payments, default and acceleration of the maturity in the event of default.

注释:

1 Note:期票,即借据,票据

2 loan agreement:贷款协议

3 be entitled to all the benefits:享有(贷款协议规定的)全部利益

4 advance payment:预付

5 default:违约

6 in the event of default:因违约

参考译文:

本期票是贷款协议中所指的期票,享有贷款协议规定的全部利益,是指贷款协议中规定的

预付、违约及因违约提前到期的权利和义务。

 

4

A certificate of the Borrower shall, substantially, comply with the form set forth in

Appendix 4, and the attachments specified therein.

注释:

1a certificate of the borrower:借款人说明书

2comply with:遵照

3the attachments specified therein:附录4规定的附件 thereinin Appendix 4

参考译文:

借款人证明书,其格式基本上应遵照附录4规定的格式及其规定的附件。

 

5

If, at any time, an exemption shall be obtained from any such present or future taxes of

any nature whatsoever imposed by local authorities or any political subdivision or taxing

authorities thereof or therein as shall, under the Contract, be due in respect of any

payment or payments, the Borrower shall promptly deliver to the Agent a copy of the

certified documents evidencing the exemption in question.

注释:

1 exemption:免征税款

2 local authorities:地方当局

3 any political subdivision:任何下属政府分支机构

4 taxing authorities thereof or therein:地方当局的税收当局 thereinin local

authorities

5 under the Contract:根据合同规定

6 shall be due:应予以征收的

7 the certified documents evidencing the exemption in question:证明上述免税文件

in question:上述

参考译文:

任何时候,如果由当地或其任何政府分支机构或税收当局,对任何根据合同规定所支付费

用应予以征收的税款,不论什么性质,现在或将来,凡可以免征的,借款人应及时向代理

行递交一份证明上述免税文件的副本。

 

 

6

Where enterprises with foreign investment were registered with the State Administration

for Industry and Commerce before the promulgation of the Income Tax Law of the

People’s Republic of China for Enterprises with Foreign Investment and Foreign

Enterprises (hereinafter called the Tax Law), the enterprise in question shall pay income

tax at the rates provided for therein.

注释:

1 the Income Tax Law of the Peoples Republic of China for Enterprises with Foreign

Investment and Foreign Enterprises:中华人民共和国外商投资企业和外国企业所得税法

2 at the rates provided for therein:按税法规定的税率 thereinin the Tax Law

参考译文:

在《中华人民共和国外商投资企业和外国企业所得税法》(以下简称税法)公布前已经办

理工商登记的外商投资企业,该企业应按税法规定的税率缴纳所得税。

 

7

Where the Borrower has full power and authority to enter into this Agreement, to make

the borrowings, to execute and deliver the Note and to incur the obligations provided for

in this Agreement and therein, all the actions in question shall, properly and necessarily,

be authorized by legal persons.

注释:

1 the Borrower:借款人

2 to make the borrowings:借贷资金

3 to execute and deliver the Note:签署票据

4 to incur the obligations provided for in this Agreement and therein:承担由此产生

的义务 thereinin the Note

5 all the actions in question:上述全部行为

6 legal person:法人

参考译文:

借款人有充分的权力订立本协议,借贷资金、签署票据并承担由此而产生的义务,上述全

部行为均应经法人适当和必需的授权。

 

8

The Leasee shall, at his own expense, keep the commodity in good condition. Provided

that the Leasor shall be responsible for the breakdown of the commodity and the

Leasee may have the right to lodge claims against the Leasor for any losses occurred

therein.

注释:

1 leasee:承租人

2 keep the commodity in good condition:维持商品的良好状况

3 provided that:除非,表示进一步规定

4 leasor:出租人

5 to lodge claims against the Leasor:向出租人提出赔偿

6 any losses occurred therein:因此所遭受的损失 thereinin the above-mentioned

matters指出租商品出现的故障

参考译文:

承租人必须自负费用维持商品的良好状况;除非由出租人对商品的故障负责,承租人则有

权向出租人提出赔偿因之所遭受的损失。

 

9

When documents other than transport documents, insurance documents and

commercial invoices are required, the credit shall provide for the following items, such

as, the persons (drawers) by whom the documents in question are to be issued and the

wording therein or data content thereof. If the credit fails to so stipulate, and the data

content in the documents presented makes it possible to relate to the goods and/ or

services referred to in the credit, banks will accept such documents as presented.

注释:

1 documentsshipping documents货运单据

2 transport documents:运输单据

3 insurance documentsinsurance policies保险单据

4 commercial invoice:商业发票

5 the creditthe letter of credit 信用证

6 drawer:出单人

7 the wording thereinthe wording in the documents 其措辞

8 data content thereofdata content of the documents 项目内容

9 referred to in the credit:信用证中所述的

参考译文:

当信用证要求运输单据、保险单据和商业发票以外的单据时,信用证应规定该单据的出单

人及其措辞或项目内容。如信用证虽无此规定,但提交的单据的项目内容可能证实与信用

证中所述的货物及/或服务有关联,则银行将予接受。

 

10

If any loss or damage happens to the Works, or any part thereof, or materials or Plant

for incorporation therein, during the period for which the Contractor is responsible for

the care thereof, from any cause whatsoever, other than the risks defined in Sub-Clause

20.4, the Contractor shall, at his own cost, rectify such loss or damage so that the

Permanent Works conform in every respect with the provisions of the Contract to the

satisfaction of the Engineer.

注释:

1 loss or damage:损失与损坏 注:lossdamage同义,同义词连用是合同文件语言

特点之一。

2 any part thereofany part of the Works 工程中的任何一部分 thereofof the

Works

3 for incorporation thereinused in the Works 用于工程中的 for incorporation

inused in 应译成“用于(工程)中”,而不能译成“进入工程” thereinin the Works 工程

4 at ones own cost:自费

5 rectify:弥补,纠正

6 Permanent Works:永久工程

7 to the satisfaction of the Engineer:达到工程师满意的程度

参考译文:

在承包人负责照管工程期间,如果工程或其任何部分或材料或用于工程中的设备,除第20.

4款所规定的风险外,不管由于任何原因而遭受损失或损坏,承包人应自费弥补此类损失或

损坏,以使永久工程在各方面均符合合同的规定,并达到工程师满意的程度。

 

 

 

. thereof

英文释义: of that, of it

中文译词:由此,

用法:在表示已提及的“人或事的……”时,为避免重复,可使用该词,比如表示“合同条件、

条款”时,可译为“the terms, conditions and provisions thereof”,此处的thereof表示“of

the Contract”;表示“工程任何部分”,可译为“any parts thereof”,这里的thereof表示“of

the Works”。

语法:置于所修饰词后,紧邻修饰词。

 

1

When the Buyer is entitled to determine the time within a specified period and /or the

place of taking delivery, the Buyer in question shall give the Seller the notice thereof.

注释:

1 be entitled to determine:有权确定

2 the time within a specified period and /or the place of taking delivery:提取货物的

时间和/或地点

3 the notice thereof:有关这方面的通知 thereofof the above-mentioned matters,

that is, the time and the place of taking delivery.

参考译文:

买方有权确定在规定期限内提取货物的时间和/或地点时,应给卖方有关这方面的通知。

 

2

The collection of tax or the cessation thereof, the reduction, exemption and refund of tax

as well as the payment of tax unpaid shall, in accordance with the provisions of the

relevant law, be implemented. Provided that if the State Council is authorized by the law

to formulate and prepare the relevant provisions of the regulations, the provisions in

question shall be implemented and complied with.

注释:

1 the collection of tax:税收的开征

2 the cessation thereof:税收的停征 thereofof tax

3 the reduction, exemption and refund of tax as well as the payment of tax unpaid

减税、免税、退税、补税

4 the State Council:国务院

5 to formulate and prepare the relevant provisions of the regulations:制定的行政法

规规定 prepare:制定

参考译文:

税收的开征、停征以及减税、免税、退税、补税,依照法律的规定执行;法律授权国务院

规定的,依照国务院制定的行政法规的规定执行。

 

3

The Party applying for arbitration shall submit to an arbitration commission the

arbitration agreement, the application for arbitration and the copies thereof.

注释:

1 the Party applying for arbitration:当事人申请仲裁(是指申请仲裁的当事人)

2 arbitration commission:仲裁委员会

3 arbitration agreement:仲裁协议

4 application for arbitration:仲裁申请书

5 the copies thereofthe copies of the application for arbitration 仲裁申请书副本

参考译文:

当事人申请仲裁,应当向仲裁委员会递交仲裁协议、仲裁申请书及副本。

 

4

Tests on Completion” means such tests specified in the Contract or otherwise agreed

by and between the Engineer and the Contractor as shall be made by the Contractor

before the Employer takes over the Works or any section or part thereof.

注释:

1 Tests on Completion:竣工检验

2 otherwise agreed:另行商定

3 Employer takes over the Works:业主接收工程

4 any section or part thereof:工程任何部分、区段 thereofof the Works

参考译文:

竣工检验指合同规定的或由工程师与承包人另行商定的检验。这些检验是由承包人在业主

接收工程或工程任何部分、区段之前进行的。

 

5

The collection order shall give specific instructions regarding the protest (or shall take

other legal process in lieu thereof), in the event of non-acceptance or non-payment.

In the absence of such specific instructions, the banks concerned with the collection

shall have no obligation to provide the protest (or to take other legal process in lieu

thereof) when the banks in question experience non-acceptance and non-payment.

Any charges and /or expenses incurred by the banks in connection with such protest or

other legal process shall be borne by the principal.

注释:

1 the collection order:托收指示

2 the protest:拒绝证书

3 in lieu thereof:代替拒绝证书 thereofof the protest

4 non-acceptance or non-payment:拒绝承兑或拒绝付款

5 the banks concerned with the collection:与托收有关的各银行

6 experience non-acceptance and non-payment:遭到拒绝承兑或拒绝付款

7 the principal:委托人

参考译文:

托收指示应对于在遭到拒绝承兑或拒绝付款时,是否需要作出拒绝证书(或采取其它替代

法律手续)给予特别指示。

如无此项特别指示,与托收有关的各银行在遭到拒绝付款或拒绝承兑时,并无义务作出拒

绝证书(或采取其它替代法律手续)。

银行由于作出拒绝证书或采取其它法律手续而发生的手续费或费用概由委托人负担。

6

If the Seller makes the specification himself, he shall inform the Buyer of the details

thereof and shall determine a reasonable time within which the Buyer may make a

different specification. If, after receipt of the communication in question, the Buyer fails

to do so within the time so determined, the specification made by the Seller shall be

binding.

注释:

1 makes the specification:订明规格

2 the details thereofthe details of the specification规格的细节

3 the communication in question:该通知

4 shall be binding:应具有约束力

参考译文:

如果卖方自己制订规格,他必须将所制订的规格的细节通知买方,而且必须规定一段合理

时间,让买方可以在该段时间内制订出不同的规格。如果买方在收到该通知后没有在该段

时间内这样做,则卖方所订的规格应具有约束力。

 

7

This Law shall apply to limited liability companies with foreign investment. Unless

otherwise specified by the laws on Sino-foreign equity joint venture enterprises,

Sino-foreign co-operative joint venture enterprises and wholly foreign-owned

enterprises, the provisions thereof shall apply to them.

注释:

1 apply to (sb.):适用

2 limited liability companies with foreign investment:外商投资的有限责任公司

3 Sino-foreign equity joint venture enterprise:中外合资经营企业

4 Sino-foreign co-operative joint venture enterprise:中外合作经营企业

5 wholly foreign-owned enterprise:外资企业

参考译文:

外商投资的有限责任公司适用本法,有关中外合资经营企业、中外合作经营企业、外资企

业的法律另有规定的,适用其规定。

 

8

Time for Completion” means such time for completing the execution of the Works and

passing the Tests on Completion of the Works or any Section or part thereof as is

specified in the Contract from the Commencement Date.

注释:

1 time for completion:竣工时间

2 the execution of the Works:施工

3 any Section or part thereof:工程的任何部分或区段,thereofof the Works

参考译文:

竣工时间是指合同规定从工程开工日期算起到工程或其任何部分或区段施工结束并且通过

竣工检验的时间。

 

9

The Employer shall, prior to the submission by the Contractor of the Tender, have made

available to the Contractor, such data on hydrological and subsurface conditions as

have been obtained by the Employer or the Representative on behalf of the Employer

from the investigations into the Works provided that the Contractor shall be responsible

for his own interpretation thereof.

注释:

1 make available to the Contractor.:向承包人提供……

2 data on hydrological and subsurface conditions:水文地质资料

3 his own interpretation thereof:自己对上述资料的解释 thereofof the data

参考译文:

在承包人提交投标书之前,业主应向承包人提供由业主或业主代表根据对该项工程的勘察

所取得的水文地质资料,但是承包人应对他自己对上述资料的解释负责。

 

10

If this Agreement is terminated for any reason whatsoever, all such drawings,

transparencies, specifications, and any other manufacturing or engineering information

as are supplied by Party A, including all the copies thereof, shall be returned to Party A,

and Party B shall cease to manufacture the said Licensed Products or Components, or

parts of the Licensed Products.

注释:

1 this Agreement is terminated:本协议终止

2 transparency:图片

3 specifications:规格

4 any other manufacturing or engineering information:其它全部生产和操作资料

5 the said Licensed Products:上述许可证产品

参考译文:

如本协议因任何理由而终止,所有由甲方提供的图纸、图片、规格以及其它全部生产和操

作资料,包括全部复制品,均返还甲方,同时,乙方应停止生产上述许可证产品、或部件

、或零件。

. thereafter, thereto, therewith, therefor, thereunder

 

1) thereafter: after that此后;之后

2thereto: to that 随附;附之

3therewith: with that 与此;与之

4therefor: for that 因之;为此

5thereunder: under that 在其下;依照

 

用法: 本节提及的各词,其用法与上面七节谈及的一样,主要强调的是“that”。如果强调的

是“this”,则要用hereafter, hereto, herewithhereof等。

语法:紧接所修饰词之后。

 

1

The decision and award of the arbitration tribunal shall be final, and the judgment on the

decision and award in question may, under the request of either party to the Contract,

be made by any court having jurisdiction. The parties thereto shall, in good faith, comply

with the decision and award of the arbitration tribunal.

 

注释:

1    decision and award of the arbitration tribunal:仲裁庭的仲裁决定或裁决

2    the judgment:司法判决

3    any court having jurisdiction:有管辖权的法院 jurisdiction:管辖权

4    the parties thereto:合同双方 theretoto the Contract

5    in good faith:以良好诚信的态度

 

参考译文:

仲裁庭的仲裁决定或裁决是终局的,任何一方可以要求任何有管辖权的法院对此作出司法

判决。双方须以良好诚信的态度遵守仲裁庭的决定。

 

2

"Patented Technology” means such letters patent, and application therefore as are

presently owned or acquired in the future by Party B and /or as Party B has or may have

the right to control or grant license thereof during the effective period of this Contract in

any or all countries of the world, and as are applicable to or may be used in the

manufacture of this Contract Products.

 

注释:

1    patented technology:专利技术

2    letters patent:专利证,专利

3    application therefore:专利申请

4    grant license thereof:许可转让

5    during the effective period of this Contract:本合同有效期间

6    are applicable to or may be used in the manufacture of this Contract Products

适用于或可能适用于制造本合同产品

 

参考译文:

“专利技术”,系指乙方目前拥有的或未来获得的和/或有权或可能有权控制的,或在本合同

有效期间在世界任何国家许可转让的,适用于或可能适用于制造本合同产品的专利和专利

申请。

 

3

Contract Products” means the products specified in Appendix 2 to this Contract,

together with all improvements and modifications thereof or developments with respect

thereto.

 

注释:

1    Contract Products:合同产品

2    Appendix 2 to this Contract:本合同附件2

3    together with all improvements and modifications thereof or developments with

respect thereto:及其改进发展的产品 thereofof the Contract Productstheretoto

the Contract Products

 

参考译文:

“合同产品”,系指本合同附件2中规定的产品及其改进发展的产品。

 

4

Specifications” means the specifications of the Works included in the Contract and such

any modification thereof or addition thereto as are made under Clause 95 or as are

submitted by the Contractor and approved by the Engineer.

 

注释:

1    specifications:规范

2    any modification thereof or addition thereto:对规范的任何修改或增补 thereof

of the Specificationstheretoto the Specifications

3    under Clause 95:根据第95条规定

 

参考译文:

规范是指合同中包括的工程规范,以及根据第95条规定的或由承包商提出并经工程师批准

的对规范的任何修改或增补。

 

5

The Defects Liability Certificate for the Works shall, within 28 days after the expiration of

the Defects Liability Period, be issued by the Engineer, or, if different defects liability

periods become applicable to different Section or parts of the Permanent Works, the

expiration of the latest such period, or if, pursuant to Clause 82, any works instructed

are completed to the satisfaction of the Engineer, the Defects Liability Certificate

therefor shall be issued by the Engineer as soon as possible.

 

注释:

1    the Defects Liability Certificate:缺陷责任证书

2    the expiration of the Defects Liability Period 缺陷责任期终止

3    different defects liability periods become applicable to different Section or parts

of the Permanent Works:不同的缺陷责任期适用永久工程的不同区段或部分

4    any works instructed:任何按指示进行的工程

 

参考译文:工程的缺陷责任证书应由工程师在缺陷责任期终止后28天内颁发,或者,如果

不同的缺陷责任期适用永久工程的不同区段或部分时,则在最后一个缺陷责任期终止或根

据第82条,在任何按指示进行的工程已完成并达到工程师满意之后尽快签发。

 

6

The Borrower shall pay for the account of the Banks a commitment fee of one half of

one percent (0.5%) per annum on the Total Loan Commitment. The commitment fee

shall be paid from the date of the conclusion of the Contract (inclusive) to the earlier day

of the Disbursement Date and the Termination Date (but excluding the day in question).

The commitment fee shall quarterly be paid from the date in the third month thereafter to

the earlier day of the Disbursement Date and the Termination Date.

 

注释:

1    commitment fee:承诺费,承担费。贷款协议签定生效后,如借款人没有按期使用

贷款,需向贷款人支付一定金额的补偿费用——承诺费或承担费。通常在贷款协议中确定

一个承诺期。承诺期分为前后两期,前期不收承诺费,后期计收承诺费。如果在前段承诺

期已使用全部承诺期金额,则不收承诺费。如果在前段承诺期未使用全部承诺期金额,其

余额在后段承诺期使用,则计收承诺费。

2    the Disbursement Date:贷款发放日

3    the Termination Date:贷款终止日

4    from the date in the third month thereafter:从其后第3个月的该日

thereafterafter the Termination Date

 

参考译文:

借款人每年应支付银行贷款承诺总额0.5%的承诺费。支付时间从签订合同之日起(包括该

日在内),到贷款发放日和终止日中较早之日(但不包括该日在内)为止,从其后第3个月

的该日起开始按季支付至发放日与终止日中较早之日。

 

7

If one or more of the following events of default (hereinafter called “Event of Default ")

occurs or occur or continues or continue, the Agent and the Bank shall be entitled to the

remedies specified in Sub-Clause 11.2 of the Agreement.

(a) The Borrower fails to pay any amount payable thereunder as and when such amount

shall become payable.

 

注释:

1    events of default:违约事件

2    continues or continue:正在继续

3    the remedies:补救方法

4    fail to pay any amount payable thereunder:未能支付根据该协议规定应付的款项

thereunderunder the Contract

 

参考译文:

如果发生下列一种或一种以上违约事件(以下称违约事件),或该违约事件正在继续,代

理行以及各行应行使第11.2款规定的救济方法。

1)借款人未能支付根据该协议规定到期应付的款项。

 

 

. whereas

 

释义: considering that, 鉴于,就......而论(法律用语)

用法: 常用于合同协议书的开头段落中,以引出合同双方要订立合同的理由或依据。

语法:紧接于要修饰词之前,常位于句首。

 

1

Whereas Party B has the right and agrees to grant Party A the rights to use,

manufacture and sell the Contract Products of Patented Technology;

Whereas Party A desires to use the Patented Technology of Party B to manufacture and

sell the Contract Products;

The Representatives authorized by the Parties to this Contract have, through friendly

negotiation, agreed to enter into this Contract under the terms, conditions and

provisions specified as follows:

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    to grant Party A the rights to use, manufacture and sell the Contract Products of

Patented Technology:将专利技术的合同产品的使用权、制造权和销售权授予甲方

3    the Representatives authorized by the Parties to this Contract:双方授权代表

4    under the terms, conditions and provisions specified as follows:就以下条款

 

参考译文:

鉴于乙方有权并同意将专利技术的合同产品的使用权、制造权和销售权授予甲方;

鉴于甲方希望利用乙方的专利技术制造并销售合同的产品;双方授权代表经友好协商,同

意就以下条款签订本合同:

 

2

Whereas Party A possesses proprietary technical information including designs,

techniques, workmanship, formulas, skills and other data useful in the manufacture and

marketing of certain products; and

Whereas Party B desires to acquire the right and licence to use the above-mentioned

technical assistance for the purpose of manufacturing, using and selling such products;

and

Whereas Party B desires to use the following trademarks owned by Party A.

Now Therefore, the parties hereto do hereby agree on the contents of the agreement as

follows:

 

注释:

1    proprietary technical information:专有技术信息

2    designs, techniques, workmanship, formulas, skills and other data:设计、技术

、工艺、配方、技能和其他资料

3    the right and licence:许可权利

4    technical assistance:技术协助

5    trademarks:商标

 

参考译文:

鉴于甲方拥有合同产品的生产及销售所涉及的技术信息,包括设计、技术、工艺、配方、

技能和其他资料的专有权;

鉴于乙方以生产、使用和销售合同产品为目的,希望获得使用上述协助的许可权利;

鉴于乙方希望使用甲方所有的下述商标;

双方兹就下列内容达成一致:

 

3

Whereas the Borrower proposes to borrow from the Banks, and the Banks, severally but

not jointly, propose to lend to the Borrower, an aggregate amount of $50,000,000, the

Parties hereto have hereby made and concluded this Agreement as follows:

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    severally but not jointly:分别但不连带地

3    an aggregate amount:总额

4    the Parties hereto have hereby made and concluded this Agreement as follows

:当事人协议如下

 

参考译文:

鉴于借款人提出从银行借款,各银行分别但不连带地向借款人贷款,总额为$50,000,000

5000万美元),当事人协议如下:

 

4

Whereas the Borrower has requested the Bank to extend to the Borrower a term loan in

the principal amount of One Million US Dollars (US $1,000,000) under the terms,

conditions and provisions of this Agreement; and

Whereas the Bank is prepared to make such a loan available to the Borrower under the

terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement;

Now Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the Parties

hereto do hereby agree on the contents of the agreement as follows:

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    a term loan:定期贷款

3    the principal amount:本金

4    under the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement:根据本协议规定

的条件和款项

5    in consideration of the mutual promises:以双方相互承诺为对价 consideration

对价

 

参考译文:

鉴于借款人根据本协议规定的条件和款项,已向银行要求向借款人提供一笔本金为100万美

元(US$ 1,000,000)的定期贷款;

鉴于银行根据本协议规定的条件和款项,已准备向借款人提供此项定期贷款;

据此,以双方相互承诺为对价,就下述内容达成一致。

 

5

Whereas Party A and Party B, adhering to the principle of equality and mutual benefit

and through friendly consultation, agree to jointly invest to establish a new joint venture

company in China (hereinafter referred as “Joint Venture”). The Contract hereunder is

made and concluded.

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    adhering to the principle of equality and mutual benefit:按照平等互利的原则

3    through friendly consultation:通过友好协商

4    joint venture company:合资经营公司

5    hereinafter referred as:以下称

 

参考译文:

鉴于甲方与乙方按照平等互利的原则,经过友好协商,决定共同投资在中国建立合资经营

公司(以下称“合资企业”),为此达成如下合同。

 

 

 

. whereas

 

释义: considering that, 鉴于,就......而论(法律用语)

用法: 常用于合同协议书的开头段落中,以引出合同双方要订立合同的理由或依据。

语法:紧接于要修饰词之前,常位于句首。

 

1

Whereas Party B has the right and agrees to grant Party A the rights to use,

manufacture and sell the Contract Products of Patented Technology;

Whereas Party A desires to use the Patented Technology of Party B to manufacture and

sell the Contract Products;

The Representatives authorized by the Parties to this Contract have, through friendly

negotiation, agreed to enter into this Contract under the terms, conditions and

provisions specified as follows:

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    to grant Party A the rights to use, manufacture and sell the Contract Products of

Patented Technology:将专利技术的合同产品的使用权、制造权和销售权授予甲方

3    the Representatives authorized by the Parties to this Contract:双方授权代表

4    under the terms, conditions and provisions specified as follows:就以下条款

 

参考译文:

鉴于乙方有权并同意将专利技术的合同产品的使用权、制造权和销售权授予甲方;

鉴于甲方希望利用乙方的专利技术制造并销售合同的产品;双方授权代表经友好协商,同

意就以下条款签订本合同:

 

2

Whereas Party A possesses proprietary technical information including designs,

techniques, workmanship, formulas, skills and other data useful in the manufacture and

marketing of certain products; and

Whereas Party B desires to acquire the right and licence to use the above-mentioned

technical assistance for the purpose of manufacturing, using and selling such products;

and

Whereas Party B desires to use the following trademarks owned by Party A.

Now Therefore, the parties hereto do hereby agree on the contents of the agreement as

follows:

 

注释:

1    proprietary technical information:专有技术信息

2    designs, techniques, workmanship, formulas, skills and other data:设计、技术

、工艺、配方、技能和其他资料

3    the right and licence:许可权利

4    technical assistance:技术协助

5    trademarks:商标

 

参考译文:

鉴于甲方拥有合同产品的生产及销售所涉及的技术信息,包括设计、技术、工艺、配方、

技能和其他资料的专有权;

鉴于乙方以生产、使用和销售合同产品为目的,希望获得使用上述协助的许可权利;

鉴于乙方希望使用甲方所有的下述商标;

双方兹就下列内容达成一致:

 

3

Whereas the Borrower proposes to borrow from the Banks, and the Banks, severally but

not jointly, propose to lend to the Borrower, an aggregate amount of $50,000,000, the

Parties hereto have hereby made and concluded this Agreement as follows:

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    severally but not jointly:分别但不连带地

3    an aggregate amount:总额

4    the Parties hereto have hereby made and concluded this Agreement as follows

:当事人协议如下

 

参考译文:

鉴于借款人提出从银行借款,各银行分别但不连带地向借款人贷款,总额为$50,000,000

5000万美元),当事人协议如下:

 

4

Whereas the Borrower has requested the Bank to extend to the Borrower a term loan in

the principal amount of One Million US Dollars (US $1,000,000) under the terms,

conditions and provisions of this Agreement; and

Whereas the Bank is prepared to make such a loan available to the Borrower under the

terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement;

Now Therefore, in consideration of the mutual promises contained herein, the Parties

hereto do hereby agree on the contents of the agreement as follows:

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    a term loan:定期贷款

3    the principal amount:本金

4    under the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement:根据本协议规定

的条件和款项

5    in consideration of the mutual promises:以双方相互承诺为对价 consideration

对价

 

参考译文:

鉴于借款人根据本协议规定的条件和款项,已向银行要求向借款人提供一笔本金为100万美

元(US$ 1,000,000)的定期贷款;

鉴于银行根据本协议规定的条件和款项,已准备向借款人提供此项定期贷款;

据此,以双方相互承诺为对价,就下述内容达成一致。

 

5

Whereas Party A and Party B, adhering to the principle of equality and mutual benefit

and through friendly consultation, agree to jointly invest to establish a new joint venture

company in China (hereinafter referred as “Joint Venture”). The Contract hereunder is

made and concluded.

 

注释:

1    whereas:鉴于

2    adhering to the principle of equality and mutual benefit:按照平等互利的原则

3    through friendly consultation:通过友好协商

4    joint venture company:合资经营公司

5    hereinafter referred as:以下称

 

参考译文:

鉴于甲方与乙方按照平等互利的原则,经过友好协商,决定共同投资在中国建立合资经营

公司(以下称“合资企业”),为此达成如下合同。

 

 

 补偿贸易英文合同范本



        1001    2-16        

  

 

COMPENSATION TRADE CONTRACT

 

  Contract No. __________

 

  Date of Signing _________

 

  Place of Signing _______

 

  The two Parties

 

  Party A ________________________________

 

  Address ________________________________

 

  Tel_________________Fax _______________

 

  E-mail _________________________________

 

  Party B ________________________________

 

  Address _______________________________

 

  Tel_________________Fax ________________

 

  E-mail_________________________________

 

  WITNESSETH

 

  Whereas Party B has machines and equipment, which are now used in Party B''s

manufacturing of _______, and is willing to sell to Party A the machines and equipment

and

 

  Whereas Party B agrees to buy the products, _______, made by Party A using the

machines and equipment Party B supplies, in compensation for the price of the

machines and equipment, and

 

  Whereas Party A agrees to purchase from Party B the machines and equipment,

and

 

  Whereas Party A agrees to sell to Party B the products, _______, in compensation

of the price of Party B''s machines and equipment Now therefore, in consideration of

the premises and covenants described hereinafter, Party A and Party B agree a follows

 

  ARTICLE 1 TRANSACTIONS

 

  A Party B agrees to provide Party A with _________ machines to be used in

production, their auxiliary machinery, accessories and spare parts and a variety of

measuring and testing instruments required in the process of production. The details of

the models, names, specifications,quantity, prices, packing, delivery , etc. thereof shall

be specified in an additional equipment-import agreement to be concluded by and

between both parties which shall serve as an component part hereof.

 

  B The total value of the machines, auxiliary equipment, etc. supplied by part B

shall be paid off by Party A with part of the manufactures made therewith and/or other

goods, or withdesignate nameproducts made in Name of the plantif both parties

agree. The specific names, quantity, price, delivery, etc. of the goods granted as

the make-up payment shall be decided in an additional compensation goods-supply

agreement made by the parties which shall serve as a component part hereof. The

equipment-import agreement and compensation-goods-supply agreement aforesaid may

be merged as one called sales agreement on compensation tradeSee appendix.

 

  ARTICLE 2 PAYMENT

 

  Both parties agree to open letters of credit in favor of each other, i.e. Party A will

open, at regular intervals, long term letters of credit in favor of Party B to pay by

installments the total cost of the machines and auxiliary equipment provided by Party B

whereas Party B will open sight letters of credit in favor of Party A to pay the products

to be delivered by Party A. Party A shall pay for the total cost of the machines and

auxiliary equipment with the money remitted by Party B as reimbursement for the

products to be delivered by Party A. In case the sum to be paid by Party B fails to cover

the value of the long-term letters of credit opened by Party A, the difference shall be

made up by Party B by paying that much to Party A in advance, before the long-term

letters of credit are due, to enable Party A to reimburse on time the long-term letters of

credit it opens. The payment of the long-term letters of credit opened by Party A is

based on Party B''s opening a sight letter of credit under the provisions and on its

paying the advance required herein. Thus, Party B warrants, guarantees and covenants

that it will open the letters of credit and pay the advance as provided herein.

 

  ARTICLE 3 REIMBURSEMENT

 

  Party A shall reimburse Party B for all the machines and auxiliary equipment

supplied by Party B by delivering goods to Party B on a monthly basis and the

reimbursement will last for___ years and ____monthss. The reimbursement

shall start approximately ____months after the first delivery of the machines and, in

principle, the money to be reimbursed per month shall be ______percent of the total

amount due for the machines. With a ______months notice to Party B, Party A may

reimburse Party B in advance.

 

  Within the reimbursement period, Party B shall, under the provisions of the

additional sales agreement aforesaid, open, sight, irrevocable, divisible and assignable

letters of credit, covering the full amount, in favor of Party A.

 

  ARTICLE 4 STANDARD MONEY AND PRICE STANDARD

 

  The standard money for this transaction is Name of currency. All the machinery,

auxiliary equipment and measuring and testing instruments , etc. provided by Party B

shall be valued with Name of currency, while the goods provided by Party A to Party

B as reimbursement shall be valued with the basis price Name of currency of the

same goods exported by Party A at the time when this agreement is entered into, and

the total price Name of currency shall be changed into that of Name of currency

in accordance with the exchange rate then.

 

  ARTICLE 5 INTREREST

 

  Party A shall pay the interest on its long-term letters of credit and the interest on the

cash in advance rendered by Party B. The annual interest rate is agreed upon

at_____%.

 

  ARTICLE 6 TECHNICAL SERVICE

 

  The machinery, after arrival at its destination, shall be installed by Party A, Party B

shall dispatch its technicians to render spot instructions and other necessary technical

assistance during the installation of the main machines, as may be requested by Party A

in case of necessity, Party B shall be liable for the losses resulted in such a course of

installation from technical default on its part.

 

  ARTICLE 7 ADDITIONAL EQUIPMENT

 

  During the enforcement of this agreement, if it is found necessary that, in addition to

the machinery and equipment listed herein, some new accessories or measuring and

testing instruments are needed for completion of the project, an additional orders

may be made through negotiation by the parties. The new items thus added shall be

incorporated in agreement.

 

  ARTICLE 8 INSURANCE

 

  The machinery and auxiliary equipment, after shipment, shall be insured by Party B.

The title thereof shall be transferred into Party B after full payment therefore is made by

Party B, thereafter, the unforeseeable losses concerning the machinery and auxiliary

equipment shall be indemnified for first by the Insurance Company to Party B, then Party

B shall remit for Party A,in proportion, the sum already paid by Party A for the machinery

or equipment involved in the contingency.

 

  ARTICLE 9 LIABILITY FOR BREACH OF AGREEMENT

 

  Party B shall , if it fails to comply with this agreement to make purchase of the goods

delivered by Party A as reimbursement, or Party A shall, if it fails to comply with this

agreement to deliver the goods it is due to provide, be deemed liable for a breach of

agreement and shall compensate the non-breaching Party for the loss caused

thereupon and shall pay the non-breaching Party a fine accounting for % of the total

value of the goods in question.

 

  ARTICLE 10 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

 

  To guarantee the implementation of this agreement, each party shall submit to the

other party a letter of guarantee issued by its bank respectively. The guaranteeing bank

of Party A is ______ Bank, ______, while the guaranteeing bank of Party B is

______Bank, ______.

 

  ARTICLE 11 AMENDMNET

 

  The modification of this agreement in particular cases shall be agreed upon by both

parties through negotiations.

 

  ARTICLE 12 Force Majeure

 

  In case that one or both parties are impossible to perform the duties provided

herein on account of force majeure, the party or parties in contingency shall inform

the other party or each other of the case immediately and may, provided the case is

duly verified by the competent authorities, delay in performance of or not perform the

relevant duties hereunder the be partially or entirely exempted from the liability for

breach of this agreement.

 

  ARTICLE 13 ARBITRATION

 

  Any dispute arising from or in connection with this Contract shall be submitted to

China International Economic and Trade Arbitration Commission,Shenzhen Commission

for arbitration which shall be conducted in accordance with the Commission''s arbitration

rules in effect at the time of applying for arbitration. The arbitral award is final and

binding upon both parties and the applicable law is the material law of P.R.C.

 

  Notwithstanding any reference to arbitration, both Parties shall continue to perform

their respective obligations under the Contract unless otherwise agreed.

 

  ARTICLE LANGUAGE AND EFFECTIVE DATE

 

  There are two originals hereof made respectively in Chinese and ______, both of

which are of the same effect.

 

  This agreement shall come into effect on the date when both parties set their hands

hereunto and remain effective for_____ years. Upon its expiration, the parties may, if

they choose, extend the term hereof for _____years or execute a new cooperation

agreement, provided they apply to and approved by the Authority agencies concerned.

 

  Party A        Party B

 

  Representative of___ Representative of____

 

  (Authorized Signature___ Authorized Signature

 

 

独家经销协议(英文)



        655    2-16          

 

 

 

独家经销协议(英文)

 

APPOINTMENT OF EXCLUSIVE DISTRIBUTOR AGREEMENT

Dated 08th January 2002

1 Parties

(1) (name of principal) whose registered office is in the PR of China at the address ….

('the Principal')

(2) (name of principal’s agent) whose registered office in the PR of China at the address

. ('the Principal’s agent')

2 Recitals

2.1 The Principal manufactures goods including the Products

2.2 The Principal’s agent trades with the Products of the Principal

2.3 The Distributor wishes to sell the Products in the Territory

3 Definitions

The following terms shall have the following meanings:

3.1 'Business': the promotion and sale of the Products by the Distributor and all matters

related

3.2 'Commencement Date': the date set out at the head of this Agreement

3.3 'Conditions': the provisions contained in clauses [5] to [9] which shall be

incorporated into this Agreement in their entirety

3.4 'Consignment': each shipment of Products made by the Principal and/or the Principal

s agent in response to an order placed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement

by the Distributor

3.5 'Currency': US Dollars

3.6 'Documents': the documents which must be presented in order to obtain payment

under the respective sales contract pursuant to which a documentary credit is opened

3.7 'Expiry Date': within 2 [two] years after Commencement Date unless extended as per

clause [5.6] of this Agreement

3.8 Trade Name: (insert details)

3.9 'Minimum Annual Performance': sales of the Products in each year of the Term

3.10 'Products': the products briefly described in Schedule 1

3.11 'Rights': the sole and exclusive right of the Distributor to carry on:

3.11.1 the Business

3.11.2 for the Term

3.11.3 in the Territory

3.12 'Term': the period starting on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiry

Date unless earlier determined as provided in this Agreement

3.13 'Territory': the territory of the State of Israel

4 Grant and reservations

4.1 The Principal grants to the Distributor the Rights

4.2 The Principal agrees not to appoint any other person to act as its distributor of the

Products in the Territory during the Term

4.3 Without prejudice to the remaining provisions of this Agreement the Principal

reserves the right to vary the Price of the Products subject current market prices at the

time of receiving an order from the Distributor

 

CONDITIONS

5 Principal's obligations

The Principal agrees with the Distributor throughout the Term:

5.1 Sole and exclusive distributor

Neither itself nor through any agent or other distributor lawfully acting for it directly or

indirectly to infringe the Rights

5.2 Support and information

To support the Distributor in its efforts to promote the Business and sales of the

Products and in particular at its own expense

5.2.1 to supply trial samples of the Products upon request from the Distributor

5.2.2 to provide and promptly update information about the Products

5.3 Indemnity

To indemnify and keep indemnified the Distributor from and against any and all loss

damage or liability whether criminal or civil suffered and legal fees and costs incurred by

the Distributor in the course of conducting the Business and resulting from:

5.3.1 any act, neglect or default of the Principal, the Principal’s agent or their agents,

employees, licensees or customers

5.3.2 any successful claim by any third party alleging libel or slander in respect of any

matter arising from the supply of the Products or the conduct of the Business in the

Territory provided that such liability has not been incurred by the Distributor through any

default in carrying out the terms of this Agreement

5.4 Delivery of Products

Subject to availability to supply to the Distributor or the customers of the Distributor in

the Territory the Products in accordance with orders received from the Distributor which:

5.4.1 comply in all respects with relevant governmental or other regulations in the

Territory

5.4.2 are of merchantable quality

5.4.3 conform to sample and specification limits

5.4.4 are at prices notified to the Distributor by the Principal on a case to case basis

5.4.5 are delivered with all reasonable dispatch as provided in the specific sales contract

5.5 Extension of Term

To extend the Term for one further period of two years without break in continuity

provided that the Distributor:

5.5.1 has properly observed and performed its obligations under this Agreement

throughout the Term

5.5.2 serves a notice on the Principal requiring such extension not later than 30 days

before the Expiry Date

5.5.3 accepts that the terms of this Agreement shall apply to any extension of the Term

under this clause

5.6 Extension of Territory

5.6.1 To give to the Distributor not less than 60 days' written prior notice of the

Principal's intention to appoint any person other than the Distributor and of the terms of

such appointment:

5.6.1.1 to sell the Products or goods similar to the Products

5.6.1.2 in any places adjoining the perimeter of the Territory

5.6.2 Such notice may be treated by the Distributor as an offer of an equivalent

appointment and before its expiry the Distributor may give written notice to the Principal

that it will take up such appointment on such terms

5.6.3 Not to offer to any other person terms more favourable than those contained in the

notice within 90 days of the expiry of the notice

5.7 Extension of Products

To add to the Products the goods regularly produced by the Principal and/or traded by

the Principal’s agent provided that the Distributor:

5.7.1 has properly observed and performed its obligations under this Agreement so far

5.7.2 has achieved the Minimum Annual Performance so far

5.7.3 executes an annex to this Agreement in respect of the addition

5.8 No assignment

Not to assign the benefit of this Agreement without the prior consent of the Distributor

6 Distributor's obligations

The Distributor agrees with the Principal throughout the Term:

6.1 Diligence

At all times to work diligently to protect and promote the interests of the Principal

6.2 Exclusive agency and territory

Not without the previous consent in writing of the Principal to be concerned or interested

either directly or indirectly in the supply of any goods in the Territory which are similar to

or competitive with the Products

6.3 Diligently to promote

At all times diligently to promote and procure sales of the Products throughout the

Territory and in particular to achieve the Minimum Annual Performance by appropriate

means including:

6.3.1 personal visits to and correspondence with such purchasers

6.3.2 advertising and distribution of publicity matter subject however to the specific prior

approval in writing in all cases by the Principal of the form and extent of such advertising

and publicity matter

6.4 Good faith

In all matters to act loyally and faithfully toward the Principal

6.5 Compliance

6.5.1 To conduct the Business in an orderly and businesslike manner

6.5.2 To comply in the conduct of the Business with all laws and bylaws of a

governmental nature applicable to the Business

6.6 Disclosure

On entering into this or any other agreement or transaction with the Principal during the

Term or any continuation of it to make full disclosure of all material circumstances and of

everything known to it respecting the subject matter of the relevant conduct or

transaction which would be likely to influence the conduct of the Principal.

6.7 Pass on information

6.7.1 To refer to the Principal any inquiries from prospective customers or other leads

outside the Territory

6.7.2 To supply to the Principal information which may come into its possession which

may assist the Principal to effect sales or other dealings for the Business or in the

Products outside the Territory

6.8 Secrecy

6.8.1 Not at any time during or after the Term to divulge or allow to be divulged to any

person any confidential information relating to the goods, business or affairs of the

Principal other than to persons who have signed a secrecy undertaking in the form

approved by the Principal

6.8.2 Not to permit any person to act or assist in the Business until such person has

signed such undertaking

6.9 Disputes

In the event of any dispute arising between the Distributor and a customer or

prospective customer, forthwith to inform the Principal and provide the Principal with

details of the circumstances of the dispute.

 

6.10 Notice

To comply with the terms of any Default Notice as defined in clause [8.2] specifying a

breach of the provisions of this Agreement and requiring the breach to be remedied so

far as it may be but nothing in this clause is intended to require the Principal to serve

notice of any breach before taking action in respect of it

6.11 Sub-distributors

6.11.1 To appoint sub-distributors

6.11.2 To be responsible for the activities of any properly appointed sub-distributors

6.12 Assignment

6.12.1 Not to assign charge or otherwise deal with this Agreement in any way without the

consent of the Principal

6.12.2 In the case of an intended assignment by the Distributor such consent shall not

be unreasonably withheld subject that the proposed assignee shall agree directly with

the Principal to be bound by the terms of this Agreement

6.13 Grant back

If at any time during the Term the Distributor makes or discovers any improvements to

the Business and/or the marketing of the Products forthwith to provide the Principal with

all necessary details.

6.14 Prompt payment

To pay promptly all sums due to the Principal in respect of the supply by the Principal to

the Distributor of the Products.

6.15 Indemnity

To indemnify and keep indemnified the Principal from and against any and all loss

damage or liability (whether criminal or civil) suffered by the Principal resulting from a

breach of this Agreement by the Distributor including any act, neglect or default of the

Distributor's agents, employees, licensees or customers.

6.16 Pay expenses

To pay all expenses of and incidental to the carrying on of the Business

6.17 No warranties

Not to make any representations to customers or to give any warranties other than those

contained in any standard terms and conditions laid down by the Principal from time to

time

6.18 Act as principal

In all correspondence and other dealings relating directly or indirectly to the sale or

other dispositions of the Products clearly to indicate that it is acting as principal

7 Termination

This Agreement shall terminate:

7.1 Time

On the Expiry Date or pursuant to clause [5.6] of this Agreement

7.2 Low orders

In the event that the Minimum Annual Performance is not achieved at any time subject to

clause [8.2] of this Agreement.

7.3 Fundamental breach

On the occurrence of any of the following events which are fundamental breaches of this

Agreement:

7.3.1 failure to comply with the terms of any Default Notice as defined in clause [8.2]

within the time stipulated

7.3.2 infringement of the Rights

7.3.3 unfair price quotation from the Principal and/or the Principal’s agent

7.4 Insolvency

If the Distributor goes into liquidation either compulsory or voluntary (save for the

purpose of reconstruction or amalgamation) or if a receiver is appointed in respect of

the whole or any part of its assets or if the Distributor makes an assignment for the

benefit of or composition with its creditors generally or threatens to do any of these

things or any judgment is made against the Distributor or any similar occurrence under

any jurisdiction affects the Distributor

8 Termination consequences

8.1. Compensation for termination

8.1.1 In case of termination of this Agreement pursuant to clause 7.3.2 the Distributor

shall be entitled to receive compensation amounting to $ 500 000 [five hundred

thousand US Dollars]

8.1.2 The compensation shall be paid to the Distributor not later than 15 days after the

date of termination

8.2 Default notice

In the event of a breach by any party of any of the provisions of this Agreement other

than a fundamental breach specified in Clause [7.3] the other party may serve notice

requiring the breach to be remedied within a reasonable time stipulated in that notice but

nothing in this clause shall require the party to serve notice of any breach before taking

action in respect of it

8.3 Existing rights

The expiry or termination of this Agreement shall be without prejudice to any rights,

which have already accrued, to either of the parties under this Agreement

9 Miscellaneous

9.1 Warranty

Each of the parties warrants its power to enter into this Agreement and has obtained all

necessary approvals to do so

9.2 The Distributor warrants that it is not at the time of entering into this Agreement

insolvent and knows of no circumstance which would entitle any creditor to appoint a

receiver or to petition for winding up or to exercise any other rights over or against its

assets

9.3 Force majeure

Both parties will be released from their respective obligations in the event of national

emergency, war, prohibitive governmental regulations or if any other cause beyond the

reasonable control of the parties renders performance of the Agreement impossible.

9.4 Severance

In the event that any provision of this Agreement is declared by any judicial or other

competent authority to be void, voidable, illegal or otherwise unenforceable the parties

shall amend that provision in such reasonable manner as achieves the intention of the

parties without illegality or the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall remain in full

force and effect unless each of the parties at its own discretion decides that the effect of

such declaration is to defeat the original intention of the parties in which event the said

party shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement by 60 days' notice to the other parties

and the provisions of clause [8] shall apply accordingly

9.5 Whole agreement

The Distributor acknowledges that this Agreement contains the whole agreement

between the parties and it has not relied upon any oral or written representations made

to it by the Principal, the Principal’s agent or their employees or agents and has made its

own independent investigations into all matters relevant to the Business

9.6 Supersedes prior agreements

This Agreement supersedes any prior agreement between the parties whether written or

oral and any such prior agreements are cancelled as at the Commencement Date but

without prejudice to any rights which have already accrued to either of the parties

9.7 Change of address

Each of the parties shall give notice to the other of change or acquisition of any address

or telephone telex or similar number as soon as practicable and in any event within 48

hours of such change or acquisition

9.8 Notices

Any notice to be served on either of the parties by the other shall be sent by prepaid

recorded delivery or registered post or by telex or by electronic mail and shall be

deemed to have been received by the addressee within 72 hours of posting or 24 hours

if sent by telex or by electronic mail to the correct telex number (with correct

answerback) or correct electronic mail number of the addressee

9.9 Joint and several

All agreements on the part of either of the parties which comprises more than one

person or entity shall be joint and several and the neuter singular gender throughout

this Agreement shall include all genders and the plural and the successors in title to the

parties

9.10 No partnership

The parties are not partners or joint venturers nor is the Distributor able to act as agent

of the Principal save as authorised by this Agreement

9.11 Proper law and jurisdiction

9.11.1 This Agreement shall be governed by the substantive law of the Republic of

Bulgaria in every particular including formation and interpretation and shall be deemed

to have been made in Bulgaria

9.11.2 Any disputes from this agreement or concerning disputes arising from or

concerning its interpretation, invalidity, non-performance or termination, as well as

disputes filling gaps in the agreement or its adaptation to newly arisen circumstances,

shall be settled by the Arbitration Court at ……Chamber of Commerce and Industry in

accordance with its Rules for Cases Based on Arbitration Agreements.

9.11.3 The Arbitration Court shall consist of five arbitrators – one nominated by the

Principal, one nominated by the Principal’s agent, one nominated by the Distributor and

two to be elected by the three nominee arbitrators unanimously.

9.11.4 The language of the Arbitration proceedings shall be English.

9.11.5 Any notice of proceedings or other notices in connection with or which would give

effect to any such proceedings may without prejudice to any other method of service be

served on any party in accordance with clause [9.12]

9.11.6 The decision of the Arbitration Court shall be final and binding upon the parties.

9.11.7 The expenses for the arbitration shall be borne by the losing party and in case of

joint liability shall be evenly distributed among the parties.

9.12 Survival of terms

No term shall survive expiry or termination of this Agreement unless expressly provided

9.13 Waiver

The failure by the Principal to enforce at any time or for any period any one or more of

the terms or conditions of this Agreement shall not be a waiver of them or of the right at

any time subsequently to enforce all terms and conditions of this Agreement

9.14 Costs

Each of the parties shall pay the costs and expenses incurred by it in connection with

this Agreement unless otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement.

9.15 Acceptance and delivery

9.15.1 Acceptance

Orders shall be regarded as provisionally accepted to the extent notified in writing by the

Principal, whereas such acceptance shall not be unreasonably withheld

9.15.2 Shipping dates

Shipping dates and estimates of time of arrival shall be the last available or known to the

Principal and shall not be of the essence of this Agreement

9.15.3 Carriage

The Principal shall as agent for the Distributor if requested contract on the usual terms

for the carriage of the Consignment to its destination which may be the Territory by the

usual route for such destination by a suitable means of transportation whether by land,

sea or air or if necessary a combination of land sea and air and the Principal shall pay

freight charges if obliged to as per the terms of the specific sales contract.

9.15.4 Insurance

The Principal as agent for the Distributor if requested shall effect in transferable form a

policy of insurance against the risks involved in transporting the Consignment to its

destination

9.15.5 Certificates of origin and other documentation

9.15.5.1 The Principal shall at its own expense obtain for the Distributor any certificates

of origin, consular invoices or other documents the Distributor may require

9.15.5.2 The Principal shall render to the Distributor at the latter's request, risk and

expense every assistance in obtaining any documents other than those mentioned in

clause [9.15.5.1] which the Distributor may require for the importation of the

Consignment into the country of destination (and where necessary its passage in transit

through another country)

9.15.5.3 It shall be the Principal's agent responsibility to obtain any necessary licence

for the export of the Consignment to the country of destination

9.16 Packing for delivery and risk in transit

9.16.1 Unless otherwise requested the Principal shall pack the Consignment in a manner

reasonably suitable for safe transportation to the Territory

9.16.2 The Principal and/or the Principal’s agent shall at the request of the Distributor

pack any Consignment in any special way reasonably required for delivery to any

destination within the Territory designated by the Distributor and shall arrange freight

and insurance to such destination as agent for the Distributor

9.17 Defective Consignment

9.17.1 If the Distributor notifies the Principal of any defect in a Consignment upon arrival

the Principal shall be entitled to take all necessary steps to ascertain the cause of the

defect and in the event that the Principal shall determine that the defects are inherent or

due to loss or damage occurring before the risk of loss or damage passed to the

Distributor the Distributor will co-operate with the Principal in taking whatever steps are

necessary to bring the Consignment up to specification

9.17.2 Each Consignment of the Products, which the Principal shall make, shall be

regarded as a separate contract of sale and no single default in a Consignment shall

give grounds for termination by the Distributor

10 Counterparts

This agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and all of such

counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.

IN WITNESS whereof the parties hereto have caused this agreement to be duly executed

on the date written above.

Executed as a deed (but not delivered until the date hereof) and the common seal of …

. Ltd., PR of China affixed in the presence of:

......................................

, Director

Executed as a deed (but not delivered until the date hereof) and the common seal of …

. Ltd., PR of China affixed in the presence of:

......................................

, Director

 

Signed as a deed and Delivered (but not until the date hereof) and the common seal of

in the presence of:

 

 

建筑中英文合同范本



        1213    2-16        

  

 

 

建筑合同 ARCHITECTURE CONFIRMATION

 

  甲方:Party A:            乙方:Party B

 

  合同编号: Contract No

 

  日期:Date

 

  签约地点:Signed at

 

  特约定:

 

  甲方基于下文所列各种因素,特与乙方达成了协议并一致同意:由甲方在订约日期之

翌日起_____天之内为乙方建造并完成_____(涉约建筑)。涉约建筑之规模及所需的钢筋

、水泥、砖块、石子和其它建筑材料之数量,均在作为合同附件的设计图和施工细则中予

以说明。

 

  Witnesses that the Party A for considerations hereinafter named, contracts and

agrees with the Party B that Party A will, within_____ days, next following the date

hereof, build and finish a Libarary Building for Party B. the building hereinafter is

referred to as the said building. The said building is of the following dimensions, with

reinforced concrete, brick, stones and other materials, as are described in plans and

specifications gereto annexed.

 

  基于上述情况,乙方及其法定代表郑重承诺向甲方支付人民币_____元整。支付方法

商定如下:

 

  In consideration of the foregoing, Party B shall, for itself and its legal

representatives, promise to pay Party A the sum of one million RMB yuan in manner as

follows, to wit

 

  在上述工程开工之日,支付人民币_____元整

 

  在_______________日,支付人民币_____元整

 

  在_______________日,支付人民币_____元整

 

  在_______________日,支付人民币_____元整

 

  在_______________日,支付人民币_____元整

 

  余额人民币_____元整于工程完成之日付清。

 

  RMB_____at the beginning of the said work.

 

  RMB_____on _____/ _____/_____ for example 3/21/2001

 

  RMB_____ on_____/ _____/_____

 

  RMB_____ on_____/ _____/_____

 

  RMB_____ on_____/ _____/_____

 

  And the remaining sum will be paid upon the completion of the work.

 

  订约双方并同意由甲方或其法定代表在领取各项付款时,为证明有权领用上述各次付

款(第一次付款除外,因其另有保证),必须由建筑师作出评定,证明已经收到的付款之

价值已经消耗在劳务及材料费用之中。

 

  It is further agreed that in order to be entitled to the said payments the first one

excepted, which is otherwise secured , Party A or its legal representatives shall,

according to the architect''s appraisement, have expended, in labor and material, the

value of the payments already received by Party A, on the building, at the time of

payment.

 

  上述协议如未能忠实执行,则违约一方同意其应享有权利自动丧失,且在违约之日后

一个月之内,向对方或其法定代表赔偿人民币_____元整,作为商定之损失赔偿费。

 

  For failure to accomplish the faithful performance of the agreement aforesaid, the

party so failing agrees to forfeit and pay to the other_____RMB yuan as fixed and

settled damages, within one month form the time so failing.

 

  为示信守,各方谨于上文起首载明之日期签名、盖章。

 

  本合同当下列人员之面交付。

 

  In witness whereof we have hereunto set our hands and seals the day and year first

above written.

 

  Signed, sealed and delivered

 

  in the presence of

 

  甲方:Party A           乙方:Party B

 

 



    englishunion.com    811    2-18   

章属性:       

 

 

 

 

在商业中,合约(contracts or agreements)是对交易双方的主要保障。合约不光是把双

方的协议记载下来,它还具有法律上的约束作用。 目前尽管也有一些不讲究格式的合约,

只是把双方协议的事项一一记录在内,然后双方签署作准,但这种合约在法律上的约束力

还够不上正式合约那么大,因为后者是长期沿用下来的,可以说是前人经验教训的总结,

它们已最大限度地堵塞可能出现的漏洞,从而避免任何一方在履行合约的情况下利益受损

。虽然正式合约表面上看来相当繁复,但只有这样,才能面面俱到,最大限度地杜绝与约

任何一方利用漏洞制造损人利已的机会。因此,为了避免损失,仍以采用正式合约最为保

险。

 

 

商业买卖合约通常是买和卖分开,即分为购买合约(purchasing

contract)和销售合约(sales contract),前者由买方拟出,供卖方认可签署,后者则相

反,由卖方提出。两者虽侧重点有所不同,但格式基本上是相同的。因此下面仅举一份销

售合约为例,逐段加以译注。

 

一、标 题(Topic

 

通常每份合约开头就开宗明义地写明该合约名称来表示其性质,这里要译注的叫sales

contractsales note(销售合约)

 

二、缔约双方与日期(Parties and Date

 

不论任何性质的英文合约的第一段,都列明该合约的缔约日期、与约各方的名称、地址或

总部所在地等等。在国际贸易合约中有时还要写明该公司是"按当地法律正式组织而存在的"

[a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws ofHong Kong)〕,从而强调

缔约者的合法法律地位,句中的 corporation正规用法的含意是向当地有关当局正式注册的"

有限公司"。不然的话,可用firm (商行)代替。例如:

 

This Agreement (THIS AGREEMENT) made this 8th day of December, 1981 (this eighth

day of December in the year of nineteen eighty one) , by and between Victory Electronic

Trading Co. , Ltd. (hereinafter called "the Sellers") , a corporation duly organized and

existing under the laws of Hong Kong, with its head office (principal place of business) at

X X Sha Tsui Road, Tsuen Wan, Hong Kong and Panafrican Trading Co., Ltd.

(hereinafter called "the Buyers", a corporation duly organized and existing under the

laws of Nigeria, with its head office. At____________, Imo State, Nigeria.

 

WITNESSETH:   

 

本协议由香港胜利电器贸易有限公司(下称"卖方"),按香港法律正式组织和存在的公司,

总部设于香港荃湾沙咀道XX号,与尼日利亚泛非贸易有限公司(下称"买方"、,按尼日利

亚法律正式组织和存在的公司,总部设于尼日利亚伊莫邦_,于一九八一年十二月八日签

订,协议如下:

 

三、说明条款(Whereas Clause  

 

通常在合约第一段之后就紧接以 Whereas 开头的条款。这一条款的作用是阐述双方缔约的

由来和目的。在这一条款中,买卖双方都分别说明本身的意向。此外,这一条款还用于引

出具体的协议事项。不过,现代买卖合约已多半略去这一条款。例如:

 

WHEREAS, the Sellers are desirous of exporting the undermentioned Products to the

territory stipulated below;and WHEREAS, the Buyers are desirous of importing the said

goods for sale in the said territory;NOW, THEREFORE, it is hereby agreed and

understood as follows:   

 

卖方欲出口下述产品到下面规定的地方去,而买方欲进口所述货物在所述地方出售。兹协

议和谅解如下:

世界经济发展不平衡,国际汇率和各国物价随时会起变化,"时间就是金钱",时间常常决定

一宗交易的成败。因此在一般商业买卖或国际贸易中,繁琐的合约已不适宜了,大有简化

的必要。但是话得说回来,除了上述合约之外,大多数合约鉴于法律的约束力问题,不宜

过分简化。最常见的简化方法是将上面的第一、二两段合并简化,下面是一个例子:

 

 

Sales Contract 销售合约

 

 

Sold by VICTORY ELECTRONIC TRADING CO.,LTD.(hereinafter called "the Sellers") to

PANAFRICAN TRADING CO., LTD. (hereinafter called "the Buyers") at

_______________ Imo State, Nigeria the undermentioned goods subject to the terms

and conditions stated on the face and back hereof.

 

由胜利电器贸易有限公司按本合约正面和背面所述条件售予尼日利亚伊莫邦…泛非贸易有

限公司下述货物。

 

四、基本条件(Basic Terms

 

五、签 (Signatures)

 

基本条件(Basic Terms

 

基本条件是一份买卖合约的中心内容,包括"货物说明"description of goods)、"数量"

quantity)"价格"Price)、"付运"shipment)或"交货"delivery)和"付款条件"term

s of payment)。其中当然以"价格"最为重要。除此以外,通常还加上"备注"remarks

栏,用于补充合约起草者认为有必要预先声明的内容。

 

(一)货物说明(Description of Goods

 

这一栏列明货物的商标、名称和型号等。有的商品也要列明规格(specifications)、尺寸

sizes)等。例如:

 

Description of Goods: "Victory" Brand Portable Radio Cassette Tape Recorders Model

VEC-8160.  

货物说明:"胜利"VEC-8160型手提收录两用机。

 

(二)数量(Quantity  

 

这一栏是成交货物的数量。有时还附包装要求。例如:

 

Quantity: 5000 sets with the packing as per Manufacturer's standard.

数量:五千部,包装按照制造商的标准包装。

 

(三)价格(Price

 

前面说过,这一栏是合约主要内容的中心,因此在签订合约时,这一栏是买卖双方首先注

意的焦点,它一般包括总金额(total amount)和单价(unit price),两者缺一不可。此外

也要表明价格的性质,尤以国际贸易为然。常用的价格如FOB(离岸价,即卖方负责把货

装上交通工具所报的价格,报这种价格时,要写明离岸港),C&F(成本加运费costfrei

ght的到岸价,这种到岸价表明保险由买方负责,通常要注上到岸港)和 CIF(成本加保险

加运费 costinsurancefreight的到岸价,同样要写明到岸港)。例如:

 

Price: Total Amount HK $ 1, 000, 000. 00 with the unit price of HK$ 200.00 per set F0B

Hong Kong Net.

价格:总额港币壹佰万元正,FOB香港净价(香港离岸净价)为每部港币贰佰元正。

 

(四)付运(Shipment

 

由于有的地方船期稀疏,货物迟迟无法付运,或者有的港口过度挤塞,船舶一直无法靠岸

卸货,所以买方对船期是否准时十分关心,这牵涉到货物能否及时到港应市的问题。当然

卖方也极为重视这一问题,一旦超过信用证的有效期,它有可能作废,而使备货多时的努

力付诸东流。   

 

付运期限一般有几种提法:有的规定某月份如August

1982,或两个月之间,AugustSeptember 1982。有的则规定"在……以后多少天以内,

例如within 45 days after receipt of L/C。倘若存有现货,那么就可立即付运,提出 Prompt

shipmentimmediate shipment等。有时候, 买方或卖方可能感到上述"多少天之内"的提法

仍嫌笼统,那就需要补充某些规定以保障本身利益。例如:Shipmentwithin 45 days

after receipt of L/C by the end of June.或 August Shipmentsubject to receipt Of L/C

by the end of June.例如:

 

Shipment: August 1982 subject to receipt of L/C by the end of May.

付运:一九八二年八月,但到五月底须已收到信用证。

 

(五)付款条件(Terms of Payment

 

这一栏是卖方所提出的买方如何付款的要求。在本地买卖中,常用的付款方式有CODcas

h on delivery货到收款)、CBDcash before delivery交货前收款)、SOCsale on

credit赊卖)等。

 

在国际贸易中,这些付款方式都不适用。毫无疑问,L/Cletter of credit信用证)是贸易中

最普遍使用的付款方式,由进口商经往来银行开出信用证给出口商,出口商把货付运,即

可凭装船单据(Shipping documents)向银行兑取货款。其次,也有一部分商人采用 D/p

documents against payment付款放行票据的汇票),D/Adocuments against

acceptance承兑放行票据的汇票)和 B/C(bill for collection托收单)。不过,后三者要在出

口商、银行(两地银行)和进口商之间具有良好的信用关系,才能采用。D/P是出口商开出

汇票,向出口地银行洽兑,进口地银行收到货款后将装船单据放行给进口商.凭单即可提

货。风险是:假如进口商不付款,那批货就要出口商自行负责,而且出口地银行会追出口

商退款。D/A是进口商一旦承兑,即可领取装船单据,不立即付款。这对出口商来说风险更

大了,所以越来越少用。B/C是出口商根本无法向银行洽兑,只委托银行代为收款,不用说

,这是最不得已的方法,除非关系非常密切,不然不用为妙。   

 

信用证也不是万无一失的,在国际贸易中,会有假信用证.这种现象以西非最常见。所谓

假信用证较多是以一家实际并不存在或有名无实的银行的名义开出的。即使信用证是真实

的,但仍不算十足保证。因此往往要加上一些规定,出口商才放心付货。一般是注明confir

med(保兑)、irrevocable(不可撤消)或 without recourse(无追索权)。有的信用证注

明三个要求,但较常见的是注明irrevocableconfirmed即保证付款。irrevocable即信用证

开出后若非出口商同意则无权擅自撤消。without recourse表示即使银行收不到货款也无权

向出口商追索已兑出的款项。例如:

 

Terms of Payment: By Confirmed Irrevocable L/C to be opened by Buyers.

付款条件:用买方开出的保兑、不可撤消信用证.

 

(六)备注(Remarks

 

卖方使用这一栏补充一些涉及本身利益的规定。例如:

 

Remarks: Subject to the procurement of the necessary permits in Hong Kong and

Nigeria. Insurance covers FPA and W. A. only if the Buyers require it to be added.

Shipping particulars including marks and port of entry must be advised to the Sellers

before 20th July, 1982. The goods can only be sold in Nigeria and other parts of West

Africa.

备注:(本合约能否履行)取决于在香港和尼日利亚取得必要的各种许可证。假如买方要

求加上保险,那么只保平安险和水渍险。包括唆头和入口港等付运细节必须在一九八二年

月二十日之前告知卖方。这批货物只能在尼日利亚和西非其他地方出售。

 

(七)其他(Miscellaneous

 

除了上述各栏之外,有时还加上"保险""包装"等栏。这里简单介绍国际贸易的保险种类。

首先要明白,在保险业务上,损失通常分为两种,一种是"共同海损"general average

,通常是指船只因遇到风暴或火灾等事故必须抛弃部分货物,所受的损失由船主和全船货

物的货主共同承担;另一种是"单独海损"particular average),意思是某个货主单独蒙

受损失,例如货物被水浸湿,被其他货物压坏、漏泄、破烂等。全船货物损失时,例如沉

船,通常称为全损(total loss)

 

只投保"共同损失""全损"的叫"平安险"Free from particular average 单独海损不赔偿)

;投保"单独海损"的叫做"水渍险"with average With particular average),水渍险不

光是水渍才获得赔偿,它还包括油渍(oil stain)、漏泄(leakage),破烂(breakage

,盗窃、短交(TPND theftpilferagenondelivery),而且它实际上也保"共同海损"的险

。此外还有投保全险(ARall risks)、兵险(WR, war risk)等。

 

包装栏列明包装数量和重量等。例如:

 

Packing: 12 sets per carton box and 6 carton boxes per wooden box.

包装:每纸盒十二部,每箱六纸盒。

 

(Signatures)

 

合约正面的最后一个部分是由双方签署,通常卖方签于右侧,买方签子左侧。例如:

 

 

Accepted and Signed by Buyers Sellers

Panafrican Trading Co., Ltd. VICTORY ELECTRONIC TRADING CO.,LTD.

买方接受并签署 卖方

泛非贸易有限公司 胜利电器贸易有限公司

 

 

六、附加条件(Terms & Conditions

 

为了最大限度地保障本身的利益,卖方通常都在背面印上一系列的条件(terms and

conditions),因此买方在签约前不应忽视这些条件,因为一经签署之后就表明也接受这些

条件。不过,除非发生纠纷,在一般情况下很少会应用到这些条件。下面列举常用的附加

条件,并逐段翻译。由于这都是卖方的要求,故经常应用shall这一情态动词,表示"必须"

"应该"

 

 

TERMS & CONDITIONS

 

 

1. BASIS: All business shall be transacted between the Buyers and the Sellers on

Principals to Principals basis.

基础:一切交易必须以主持人对主持人为基础在买方和卖方之间进行。

 

2. QUANTITY: Quantity, unless otherwise arranged, shall be subject to a variation of 5%

plus or minus at Sellers' option.

数量:除非另作安排,数量可能由卖方选择作加或减5%的变动。

 

3. PRICE: The currency manifesting the price shall be the basis currency of payment,

unless otherwise specified, US $ means the U. S. Doitars, HK $ the Hong Kong Dollars, ?

the Pound Sterling. The price specified in this contract shall be based upon the present

exchange rate (HK $ 5. 65 per U. S. Dollar or HK $10. 50 per Sterling Pound). In case of

variation of such rate by more than 3 per cent after the date of this contract, the price

shall be adjusted and settled according to the corresponding change. In such case,

however, the Sellers shall have the right to decrease the contracted quantity and/or

cancel this contract in part or in whole at their option at any time.

价格。除非另作指定,表示价格的货币将是付款的基本货币,US$表示美元,HK$表示港币

? 表示英镑。本合约指定的价格须以现有汇率(每美元兑565港元或每英镑兑1050

港元)为基准。要是这种汇率在签订合约日期之后变动百分之三以上,价格须按照相应的

变动调整支付。然而在这种情况下,卖方将有权随时选择减少约定的数量和(或)撤消合

约的一部份或全部撤消本合约。

 

4. PACKING: Unless otherwise requested and/or instructed by the Buyers in time,

packing and marking shall be at the Sellers' option. In case special instructions are

necessary, they shall be intimated to the Sellers in time so as to enable the Sellers to

comply with them.

包装:除非买方及时另作要求和(或)指示,包装和标志须由卖方自决。要是有必要作特

殊指示,须及时将指示通知卖方,以便卖方能遵照执行。

 

5. SHIPMENT: The Date of the Bill of Lading shall be accepted as a conclusive evidence

of the date of shipment. Partial shipment or transhipment shall be permitted unless

otherwise stated on the face hereof. The Sellers shall not be responsible for

nonshipment or late shipment of the contracted goods due to causes beyond the

Sellers' control or causes due to the failure of the Buyers to provide in time the relative

letter of credit or other instructions requested-by the Sellers.

付运:提货单的日期须被承认为付运日期的确实证据。应准许分批付运和转运,除非本合

约正面另有指定。合约规定的货物若因卖方无法控制的原因或由于买方未能及时提供有关

的信用证或卖方所要求的其他指示而不付运或迟付运,卖方不应负责。

 

6. PAYMENT: A confirmed irrevocable letter of credit shall be established within 15 days

after the conclusion of any contract and such letter of credit shall be maintained at least

15 days after the month of shipment for the negotiation of the relative draft. If the Buyers

fail to provide such letter of credit in the Sellers I favor as prescribed above, the Sellers

shall have the option of reselling the contracted goods for the account of the Buyers or

delaying any shipment and/or canceling any orders at any time on the Buyers' account

and risk.

付款:一份保兑和不可撤消的信用证须在缔结任何合约之后十五天内开立,而且这种信用

证须在付运月份之后至少保持十五天。以便洽兑有关汇票。如果买方未能提供如上规定的

这种信用证给卖方,卖方有权选择把合约规定的买方账上的货物转售或随时推迟付运和(

或)撤消任何订单,损失和风险由买方承担。

 

7. INSURANCE: Unless otherwise contracted, the insurance on CIF or C & I contract shall

be effected for the amount of the Sellers' invoice plus ten per cent ( 10 % ) covering

marine insurance only for WA War risk and/or any other additional insurance required

by the Buyers shall be at their own expenses. In case of F0B or C & F contract, the

Buyers shall provide an open cover or provisional insurance before the time of

shipment.

保险;除非另约规定,CIF.或C. & I (cost & insurance成本加保险)合约上的保险必

须办理只限水渍险的水险,投保金额是卖方发票金额加上百分之十。买方所要求的兵险和

(或)其他任何附加保险须由买方自行投保。在FOB.或C& F.合约的情况下,买

方必须在付运时间之前提供一份预约保险单或暂时保险单。

 

8. CLAIM: Any claim to the Sellers of whatsoever nature arising under this contract shall

be made by registered mail within 45 days after the arrival of the merchandise at the

destination specified in the Bill of Lading and further full particulars of such claim shall

be made in writing and forwarded by registered mail to the Sellers within 15 days after

notifying, accompanied by such particular's survey report is sued by leading, first class

and international sworn authorized surveyor (s). If the Buyers fail to notify and/or forward

full details within the period specified above, the Buyers shall be deemed to have waived

his right to assert any claim.

索赔:本合约下产生的不论什么性质的向卖方的索赔,必须在货物到达提货单上所指定的

目的地之后四十五天内用挂号邮件提出,并在通知后十五天内进一步书面拟就这种索赔的

完整详细情况并用挂号邮件寄给卖方,附上主要的、第一流的经国际宣誓认可的公证人关

于这种细情的公证报告。如果买方未能在上述规定的期间内通知和(或)寄出完整的细节

,那么买方将被认为已放弃提出任何索赔的权利。

 

9. INSPECTION: Inspection performed under the export regulations of Hong Kong and/or

Manufacturer's inspection, unless otherwise arranged, shall be final and conclusive in

respect of quality and conditions of the merchandise. As to the merchandise controlled

by no such regulations, the Buyers shall appoint an inspector(s) to inspect the

merchandise in Hong Kong prior to delivery within fifteen (15) days from the effective

date of this contract. In the event the Buyers' such appointment does not arrive in time,

the Sellers' system of inspection shall be final and binding upon the parties concerned.

检查:除非另有安排,在香港出口规例之下进行的和(或)厂商所进行的有关商品质量和

情况的检查应是最后的和决定性的。至于没有这种规例管制的商品,买方须从本合约有效

日期的十五天内委任检查员,在交货之前在香港检查商品。万一买方这种委任未能及时到

达,卖方的检查制度将是决定性的并对有关各方有约束力。

 

10. PATENTS, TRADE MARKS, ETC. : The Sellers shall be held free from any dispute

regarding the infringements of patent, design, trade mark or copyright of the goods

contracted for.

专利、商标等:卖方应免受有关侵犯合约所定货物的专利、设计、商标或版权等纠纷的干

扰。

 

11. FREIGHT& INSURANCE: Any increase of freight and/or insurance rates from the

current rates available at the time of contract shall be on the Buyers' account.

运费和保险:运费和(或)保险费从缔约时有效的收费上的任何增加由买方承担。

 

12. ARBITRATION: All disputes, controversies or differences which may arise between

the Sellers and the Buyers, out of or in relation to or in connection with this contract , or

the breach thereof , shall be finally settled by arbitration in Hong Kong. The award

rendered by: the arbitrator (s) shall be final and binding upon both parties.

仲裁:出自本合约、或与它有关、或与它有联系的、或不履行该合约而在卖方和买方之间

可能产生的一切纠纷、争论或不和,须最终在香港仲裁解决。仲裁人所作的裁定应是决定

性的,并对双方有约束力。

 

购买合约(Purchase Note)已较少用,买方发出的有效合约凭证称为"订单"order sheet

indent,它经卖万签署确认后,对双方就起了约束作用。它没有销售合约那么复杂,通

常背面并无附加条件,而订单的信首和卖方名称地址的格式和普通书信无异。

 

主要内容开头也很简单,有时只写上Please execute the following order as the

confirmation of our order of……,请接受下列订单作为本公司……月……日订单的确认。

下面的表格中列明品名、质量、数量、价格、包装、付运、目的地、保险、付运唛头、付

款和备注等。然后双方签署作实。

 

 

商务合同英译应注意的问题



    englishunion.com    469    2-18   

章属性:       

 

商务合同是一种特殊的应用文体,重在记实,用词行文的一大特点就是准确与严谨。

  

  一、酌情使用公文语惯用副词

 

  商务合同属于法律性公文,所以英译时,有些词语要用公文语词语、特别是酌情使用

英语惯用的一套公文语副词,就会起到使译文结构严谨、逻辑严密、言简意赅的作用。但

是从一些合同的英文译本中发现,这种公文语副同常被普通词语所代替,从而影响到译文

的质量。

 

  实际上,这种公文语惯用副同为数并不多,而已构词简单易记。常用的这类副词是由h

eretherewhere等副词分别加上afterbyinofontounderuponwith等副

词,构成一体化形式的公文语副词。例如:

 

  从此以后、今后:hereafter;  

 

    此后、以后:thereafter;  

 

    在其上:thereon\thereupon;  

 

    在其下:thereunder;  

 

    对于这个:hereto;  

 

    对于那个:whereto;  

 

    在上文:hereinabove\hereinbefore;  

 

    在下文:hereinafter\hereinbelow;  

 

    在上文中、在上一部分中:thereinbefore;  

 

    在下文中、在下一部分中:thereinafter

 

  现用两个实例,说明在英译合同中如何酌情使用上述副词。

 

  例1:本合同自买方和建造方签署之日生效。

 

    This Contract shall come into force from the date of execution hereof by the Buyerand

the Builder.

 

  例2:下述签署人同意在中国制造新产品,其品牌以此为合适。

 

    The undersigned hereby agrees that the new products whereto this trade name is

more appropriate are made in China.二、谨慎选用极易混淆的词语

 

  英译商务合同时,常常由于选同不当而寻致词不达意或者意思模棱两可,有时甚至表

达的是完全不同的含义。因此了解与掌握极易混淆的词语的区别是极为重要的,是提高英

译质量的关键因素之一,现把常用且易混淆的七对词语,用典型实例论述如下。

 

  2.1  shipping advice shipping instructions

 

  shipping advice 是“装运通知”,是由出口商(卖主)发给进口商(买主)的。然而

shipping instructions 则是“装运须知”,是进口商(买主)发给出口商(卖主)的。另外要

注意区分 vendor(卖主)与 vendee(买主),consignor(发货人)与 consignee(收货

人)。上述这三对词语在英译时、极易发生笔误。

 

  2.2  abide by comply with

 

  abide by comply with 都有“遵守”的意思.但是当主语是“人”时,英译“遵守”须用

abide by。当主语是非人称时,则用 comply with 英译“遵守”。

 

  例 3:双方都应遵守/双方的一切活动都应遵守合同规定。

 

    Both parties Shall abide by/All the activities of both parties shall comply with the

contractual stipulations.

 

  2.3  change A to B change A into B

 

  英译“把 A 改为 B”用“change A to B”,英译“把 A 折合成/兑换成 B”用“change A into B

”,两者不可混淆。

 

  例 4:交货期改为 8 月并将美元折合成人民币。

 

    Both parties agree that change the time of shipment to August and change US dollar

into Renminbi.

 

  2.4  ex per

 

  源自拉丁语的介词 ex per 有各自不同的含义。英译由某轮船“运来”的货物时用 ex

由某轮船“运走”的货物用 Per,而由某轮船“承运”用 by

 

  例 5:由“维多利亚”轮运走/运来/承运的最后一批货将于 10 1 日抵达伦敦。

 

    The last batch per/ex/by S.S. "Victoria" will arrive at London on October (S.S. =

Steamship)

 

  2.5  in after

 

  当英译“多少天之后”的时间时,往往是指“多少天之后”的确切的一天,所以必须用介词

in,而不能用 after,因为介词 after 指的是“多少天之后”的不确切的任何一天。

 

  例 6:该货于 11 10 日由“东风”轮运出,41 天后抵达鹿特丹港。

 

    The good shall be shipped per M.V. "Dong Feng" on November 10 and are due to

arrive at Rottedaml in 140 days. (M.V.= motor vessel)

 

  2.6  on/upon after

 

  当英译“……到后,就……”时,用介词 on/upon,而不用 after,因为 after 表示“之后”

的时间不明确。

 

  例 7:发票货值须货到付给。

 

    The invoice value is to be paid on/upon arrival of the goods.

 

  2.7  by before

 

  当英译终止时间时,比如“在某月某日之前”,如果包括所写日期时,就用介词 by;如

果不包括所写日期,即指到所写日期的前一天为止,就要用介词 before

 

  例 8:卖方须在 6 15 日前将货交给买方。

 

    The vendor shall deliver the goods to the vendee by June 15.

 

    (or: before June 16,说明含 6 15 日在内。如果不含 6 15 ,就译为 by June 14

或者 before June 15)

 

 三、慎重处理合同的关键细目

 

  实践证明,英译合同中容易出现差错的地方,一般来说,不是大的陈述性条款。而恰

恰是一些关键的细目.比如:金钱、时间、数量等。为了避免出差错,在英译合同时,常

常使用一些有限定作用的结构来界定细目所指定的确切范围。

 

    3.1 限定责任

 

    众所周知,合同中要明确规定双方的责任。为英译出双方责任的权限与范围,常常使用

连词和介词的固定结构。现把最常用的此类结构举例说明如下。

 

    3.1.1 and/or  

 

    常用and/or英译合同中“甲和乙+甲或乙”的内容,这样就可避免漏译其中的一部分。

 

    9:如果上述货物对船舶和(或)船上其它货物造成任何损害,托运人应负全责。

 

    The shipper shall be liable for all damage caused by such goods to the ship and/or

cargo on board.

 

    3.1.2 by and between  

 

    常用by and between强调合同是由“双方”签订的,因此双方必须严格履行合同所赋于的

责任。

 

    10:买卖双方同意按下述条款购买出售下列商品并签订本合同。

 

    This Contract is made by and between the Buyer and the Seller, whereby the Buyer

agrees to buy and the Seller agrees to sell the under mentioned commodity subject to

the terms and conditions stipulated below.

 

    3.2 限定时间

 

    英译与时间有关的文字,都应非常严格慎重地处理,因为合同对时间的要求是准确无误

。所以英译起止时间时,常用以下结构来限定准确的时间。

 

    3.2.1 双介词  用双介词英译含当天日期在内的起止时间。

 

    11;自92O日起,甲方已无权接受任何定单或收据。

 

    Party A shall be unauthorized to accept any order sort to collect any account on and

after September 20.

 

    12:我公司的条件是,3个月内,即不得晚于51日,支付现金。

 

    Our terms are cash within three months, i.e. on or before May 1.

 

    3.2.2 not(no) later than  用“not(no) later than+日期”英译“不迟于某月某日”。

 

    13:本合同签字之日一个月内,即不迟于1215日,你方须将货物装船。

 

    Party B shall ship the goods within one month of the date of signing this Contract, i.e.

not later than December 15.

 

    3.2.3 include的相应形式  

 

    常用include的相应形式:inclusiveincludingincluded,来限定含当日在内的时间。

 

    14:本证在北京议付,有效期至11日。

 

    This credit expires till January1(inclusive) for negotiation in Beijing. (or:This credit

expires till and including January1 for negotiation in Beijing.)

 

    如果不包括11日在内,英译为till and not including January 1

 

    3.3 限定金额

 

    为避免金额数量的差漏、伪造或涂改,英译时常用以下措施严格把关。

 

    3.3.1.大写文字重复金额  英译金额须在小写之后,在括号内用大写文字重复该金额,

即使原文合同中没有大写,英译时也有必要加上大写。在大写文字前加上“SAY”,意为“大

写”;在最后加上“ONLY”.意思为“整”。必须注意:小写与大写的金额数量要一致。

 

    16:聘方须每月付给受聘方美元500元整。

 

    Party A shall pay Party B a monthly salary of US$500 (SAY FIVE HUNDRED US

DOLLARS ONLY).

 

    3.3.2.正确使用货币符号  

 

    英译金额必须注意区分和正确使用各种不同的货币名称符号。“$”既可代表“美元”,又可

代表其他某些地方的货币;而“£”不仅代表“英镑”,又可代表其他某些地方的货币。

 

    必须注意:当金额用数字书写时,金额数字必须紧靠货币符号,例如:Can$891,568

不能写成:Can$891,568。另外,翻译的还要特别注意金额中是小数点(.)还是分节号(,)

因为这两个符号极易引起笔误,稍有疏忽,其后果是不堪设想的。

 

 与合同写作有关的句子



    englishunion.com    734    2-18   

章属性:       

 

 

There is an arbitration clause in the contract. (or insurance clause, inspection clause,

shipping clause...)

这是合同中的一项仲裁条款。(或:保险条款,检验条款,装运条款等)

We sincerely hope that both quality and quantity are in conformity with the contract

stipulations.

我们真诚希望质量、数量都与合同规定相吻合。

The contract states that the supplier will be charged a penalty if there is a delay in

delivery.

合同规定如果供货商延误交货期,将被罚款。

The contract comes into effect today, we can’t go back on our word now.

合同已于今日生效,我们不能反悔了。

Once the contract is approved by the Chinese government, it is legally binding upon

both parties.

合同一经中国政府批准,对双方就有了法律约束力。

 

We always carry out the terms of our contract to the letter and stand by what we say.

我们坚持重合同,守信用。

You have no grounds for backing out of the contract.

你们没有正当理由背弃合同。

In case one party fails to carry out the contract, the other party is entitled to cancel the

contract.

如果一方不执行合同,另一方有权撤消该合同。

This contract will come into force as soon as it is signed by two parties.

合同一经双方签定即生效。

Are you worrying about the non-execution of the contract and non-payment on our part?

你是否担心我们不履行合同或者拒不付款?

You cannot cancel the contract without first securing our agreement.

如果没有事先征得我们同意,你们不能取消合同。

 

We signed a contract for medicines.

我们签订了一份药品合同。

A Japanese company and SINOCHEM have entered into a new contract.

中国化工进出口总公司已经和日本一家公司签订了一份新合同。

I know we (the seller) should draw up a contract and the buyer has to sign it.

我们知道我们(卖方)应该拟出一份合同,买方必须签署合同。

We both want to sign a contract, and we have to make some concessions to do it.

我们都想签合同,因此双方都要做些让步。

Our current contract is about to expire, and we’ll need to discuss a new one.

欧文们现有合同快要期满了,需要再谈一个新合同。

 

We ought to clear up problems arising from the old contract.

我们应该清理一下老合同中出现的问题。

Do you always make out a contract for every deal?

每笔交易都需要订一份合同吗?

These are two originals of the contract we prepared.

这是我们准备好的两份合同正本。

We enclose our sales contract No.45 in duplicate.

附上我们第45号销售合同一式两份。

May I refer you to the contract stipulation about packing (or shipping....)?

请您看看合同中有关包装(装运)的规定。 

 

 

We’ll have the contract ready for signature.

我们应准备好合同待签字。

We signed a contract for medicines.

我们签订了一份药品合同。

Mr. Zhang sings the contract on behalf of the China National Silk Import & Export

Corporation.

张先生代表中国丝绸进出口总公司在合同上签了字。

A Japanese company and SINOCHEM have entered into a new contract.

中国化工进出口总公司已经和日本一家公司签订了一份新合同。

It was because of you that we landed the contract.

因为有了你,我们才签了那份合同。

 

We offered a much lower price, so they got the contract.

由于我们报价低,他们和我们签了合同。

Are we anywhere near a contract yet?

我们可以(接近于)签合同了吗?

We sign a contract when we are acting as principals.("principals" refers to the "seller"

and the "buyer")

当我们作为货主时都要签订合同。(这里的“货主”指合同中的卖方和买方)

I know we (the seller) should draw up a contract and the buyer has to sign it.

我们知道我们(卖方)应该拟出一份合同,买方必须签署合同。

We should simultaneously sign two contracts, one sales contract for beef and mutton,

and the other contract of equal value for the purchase of cotton.

我们同时签两个合同,一是牛羊肉的销售(出口)合同,另一个是等额的棉花购买(进口

)合同。

 

We both want to sign a contract, and we have to make some concessions to do it.

我们都想签合同,因此双方都要做些让步。

We are here to discuss a new contract with you.

我们来这里和您谈谈订一份新合同的问题。

Our current contract is about to expire, and we’ll need to discuss a new one.

欧文们现有合同快要期满了,需要再谈一个新合同。

We can repeat the contract on the same terms.

我们可以按同样条件再订一个合同。

A few problems with supply under the old contract must be quickly resolved.

老合同中的一些供货问题必须尽快解决。

 

We ought to clear up problems arising from the old contract.

我们应该清理一下老合同中出现的问题。

Do you always make out a contract for every deal?

每笔交易都需要订一份合同吗?

As per the contract, the construction of factory is now under way.

根据合同规定,工厂的建设正在进行中。

 

Words and Phrases

contract 合同,订立合同

contractor 订约人,承包人

contractual 合同的,契约的

to make a contract 签订合同

to place a contract 订合同

to enter into a contract 订合同

to sign a contract 签合同

to draw up a contract 拟订合同

to draft a contract 起草合同

 

to get a contract 得到合同

to land a contract 得到(拥有)合同

to countersign a contract 会签合同

to repeat a contract 重复合同

an executory contract 尚待执行的合同

a nice fat contract 一个很有利的合同

originals of the contract 合同正本

copies of the contract 合同副本

a written contract 书面合同

 

 

 

 



喜欢英语和音乐的朋友,欢迎访问我们的钢琴网www.pianoweb.cn游四方网www.you4fang.cn



英语学习专题

 BBC 英语

 BT 英语资源下载

 VOA 英语

 爱情格言名言

 奥运英语

 澳大利亚社会文化背景

 城市景点英文介绍

 出国留学签证及技巧

 出国留学文书写作

 初中英语教学论文

 春节英文短信祝福语

 儿童童谣歌曲

 儿童英语教学

 儿童英语童话故事

 疯狂英语

 高考英语复习

 高考英语真题及答案

 高考真题单词使用解析

 高考真题单词使用解析

 高中英语教学论文

 记忆英语单词方法

 加拿大社会文化背景

 剑桥少儿英语

 考研英语翻译

 考研英语听力口语

 考研英语真题及答案1980-2011

 考研英语心得体会

 考研英语阅读理解

 考研英语阅读真题解析

 考研英语作文

 赖世雄英语

 留学移民签证指导

 每日英语

 美国社会文化背景

 沛沛英语

 汽车英语词汇

 千万别学英语

 如何/怎样学好英语

 如何打英语电话

 如何申请国外奖学金

 如何提高英语口语

 如何提高英语听力

 如何同外国人交流

 如何写英文电子邮件

 如何选购英语学习图书

 如何选择英语培训机构

 如何学大学英语

 如何自学英语

 如何做英文陈述报告

 商务英语范文/范例

 世界著名城市英文介绍

 托福考试技巧心得

 GRE考试技巧心得

 玩游戏学英语

 外贸经济合同英文写作

 我是如何通过签证的

 我学英语经验方法

 我在国外的经历

 我在外企的工作经历

 小学英语教学论文

 现代大学英语精读教案

 新东方英语

 新概念英语

 新视野大学英语

 新西兰社会文化背景

 许国璋英语

 学英语口诀窍门

 雅思考试技巧心得语

 洋话连篇

 英美文学论文

 英国社会文化背景

 英文听力mp3下载

 英文地名

 英文个人简历

 英文合同及范文

 英文求职信

 英文人名

 英文名著

 英文申请信

 英文推荐信

 英文招聘广告范文

 英语/英文面试

 英语900百句

 英语爱情诗歌歌词

 英语被动语态

 英语标点符号用法

 英语标识提示语

 英语不定代词

 英语不可数名词

 英语词汇教学

 英语单词记忆法实例

 英语倒装句

 英语导游

 英语定语从句

 英语独立主格结构

 英语短语和搭配

 英语词语来源/故事

 英语翻译技巧方法

 英语翻译教学

 英语翻译论文

 英语非谓语动词

 英语否定形式

 英语关联词/过渡词

 英语冠词的用法

 英语教案格式和范例

 英语教学法

 英语介词用法

 英语句型教学

 英语句型句式

 英语和汉语的比较

 英语课堂用语

 英语口语技巧方法

 英语口语教学

 英语口语句型

 英语连词

 英语连系动词

 英语六级考试词汇

 英语六级考试经验心得

 英语六级考试听力口语

 英语六级考试作文写作

 英语六级阅读理解

 英语论文格式及写作

 英语论文选题

 英语名词复数形式

 英语名词性从句

 英语强调句

 英语情态动词

 英语商务谈判

 英语时态用法

 英语数字的表达

 英语四级考试词汇

 英语四级考试真题&详解

 英语四级考试经验心得

 英语四级考试完形填空

 英语四级听力口语

 英语四级阅读理解

 英语四级作文写作

 英语听力技巧方法

 英语听力教学

 英语同义近义词辨析

 英语外来词语

 英语写作技巧方法

 英语写作教学

 英语形容词副词比较级

 英语虚拟语气

 英语语言学文学笔记

 英语语法教学

 英语语法与教学术语

 英语语言文化论文

 英语语音/发音

 英语语音教学

 英语阅读技巧方法

 英语阅读教学

 英语在线听力资源

 英语主谓一致

 英语助动词

 英语专业考研及试题

 英语专有名词

 英语状语从句

 英语自我介绍及范文

 英语作文范文

 音乐英语词汇术语

 幼儿/儿童学英语

 幼儿英语教案

 幼儿英语教学

 在线英语测试

 在线英语词典/字典

 在线英语翻译

 中国小吃菜名英文说法

 中考英语复习

 中西文化的差异

 中小学英语学习资料

 钟道隆逆向英语法

 走遍美国




>>更多英语学习专题

©All Rights Reserved 版权所有

冀ICP备10003051号

英语比萨网址: www.englishpizza.cn


联系本站:baobinzhao(at)yahoo.com.cn QQ:397106689

喜欢英语和音乐的朋友,欢迎访问我们的钢琴网www.pianoweb.cn游四方网www.you4fang.cn

pizza

英语通 | 钢琴网| 游四方 | 沧州师院英语系